You are on page 1of 271

TM-Editor 25.04.

2016
020-Aircraft General Knowledge A .LTM Seite 1

1 21.1.1.2.3 errors Typ: MC 686 AviaExam577 12/4/2013 Pkt.: 1.00

The error in altimeter readings caused by the variation of the static pressure
near the source is known as:

position error.

barometric error.

instrument error.

hysteresis effect.

2 21.1.3.2 errors (deviation, effect of inclination) Typ: MC 1092 2 11/19/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

The following figures appear on an aeroplane deviation card:


FOR MAGNETIC STEER COMPASS
045 038
090 092

The compass heading to steer to maintain a heading of 075?(M) is:

072

074

076

078

3 21.2.1.8 limitations, operational restrictions Typ: MC 1104 1 11/2/2013 Pkt.: 1.00

An aeroplane heading 030? (C) in the Southern Hemisphere, turns left onto
170? (C) using a direct reading magnetic compass. The roll out of the turn
should be initiated on a compass heading off:

145?

170?

195?

215?
TM-Editor 25.04.2016
020-Aircraft General Knowledge A .LTM Seite 2

4 21.1.1.2.1 construction and principles of operation Typ: MC 687 AviaExam578 11/5/2013 Pkt.: 1.00

If the static source of an altimeter becomes blocked during a descent the


instrument will:

continue to display the reading at which the blockage occurred

gradually indicate zero

under-read

indicate a height equivalent to the setting on the millibar subscale

5 21.1.3.2 errors (deviation, effect of inclination) Typ: MC 1094 4 11/19/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

A compass is swing using the Relative bearing method. The magnetic Bearing
of a distant object is 210?(M)
COMPASS HEADING RELATIVE BEARING
359 208
090 121
179 032
272 301

Co-eff A, B and C are:

A = - 0.5 B=+2 C=+2

A = + 0.5 B=+1 C=-2

A = - 0.5 B=+1 C=+2

A = + 0.5 B=+2 C=-2

6 21.1.1.2.1 construction and principles of operation Typ: MC 688 AviaExam580 3/26/2009 Pkt.: 1.00

If the static source to an altimeter becomes blocked during a climb, the


instrument will:

continue to indicate the reading at which the blockage occurred

under-read by an amount equivalent to the reading at the time that the


instrument became blocked

over-read

gradually return to zero


TM-Editor 25.04.2016
020-Aircraft General Knowledge A .LTM Seite 3

7 21.1.1.2.2 display and setting Typ: MC 1103 14 3/26/2009 Pkt.: 1.00

An aircraft at FL230, temperature -41?C, QNH 983 HPA, is at a true altitude of:

21 050 feet

22 200 feet

23 013 feet

24 015 feet

8 21.1.3.2 errors (deviation, effect of inclination) Typ: MC 1095 5 11/19/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

A direct reading magnetic compass shows: Co-eff A= -2, Co-eff. B = + 2 and


Co-eff C = +3.
The heading on which zero deviation occurs are:

303.7? and 123.7?

056.3? and 236.3?

090.0? and 337.3?

180? and 273.3?

9 21.1.1.2.2 display and setting Typ: MC 1120 15 3/26/2009 Pkt.: 1.00

While climbing to FL250, the altimeter is set correctly. On descent it is Not set
to QNH 1037.8 hPa. If the aerodrome elevation is 650 FT and the altimeter is
functioning properly, after landing the altimeter will indicate:

minus 88 FT

738 FT

1388 FT

650 FT
TM-Editor 25.04.2016
020-Aircraft General Knowledge A .LTM Seite 4

10 21.1.1.2.2 display and setting Typ: MC 1105 16 3/26/2009 Pkt.: 1.00

The QFE at aerodrome (elevation) 1790 feet is 962 hPa and the QNH 1022 hPa.
If the transition level is FL040 the physical level of the transition level above
the aerodrome is approximately:

2464 feet

2150 feet

2280 feet

1790 feet

11 21.1.1.2.2 display and setting Typ: MC 1091 17 3/26/2009 Pkt.: 1.00

The elevation of aerodrome A is 390 feet and aerodrome B 450 feet. The pilot
of an aeroplane at A, sets the altimeter to read aerodrome elevation and then
flies to B without resetting the altimeter. Aerodrome pressure at A on a
departure was 1004 hPa. On landing at B the altimeter reads 630 feet, and
assuming 1 hPa is 30 feet, the QNH is approximately:

1011 hPa

1013 hPa

1019 hPa

1019 hPa

12 21.1.1.2.2 display and setting Typ: MC 1107 18 3/26/2009 Pkt.: 1.00

With QFE 1014 set at A (elevation 480 feet), an aircraft flies to B (QNH 1020) a
distance of 780 NM. In order to have minimum clearance of 1500 ft over a hill
490 meters above sea level, 234 NM from A, the altimeter must read:

3108 ft

3048 ft

2718 ft

2586 ft
TM-Editor 25.04.2016
020-Aircraft General Knowledge A .LTM Seite 5

13 21.1.3.2 errors (deviation, effect of inclination) Typ: MC 1106 6 11/19/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

A direct reading magnetic compass has coefficients A, B and C only.


Deviations on 000?(C) is 0?. Deviation on 090?(C) is +3. Co-efficient C is +2.
The deviation on 180?(C) is:

-2

-4

+2

14 21.1.1.2.2 display and setting Typ: MC 1108 19 3/26/2009 Pkt.: 1.00

If an altimeter indicates 3500 FT with the actual QNH of 1004, 7 hPa set, the
approximate pressure altitude is:

3745 FT

3500 FT

3255 FT

3965 FT

15 21.1.1.2.3 errors Typ: MC 1110 21 3/26/2009 Pkt.: 1.00

When ambient temperature is warmer than standard at a particular


aerodrome, the altimeter will indicate:

higher than true altitude

lower than true altitude

the same as true altitude

the same as pressure altitude


TM-Editor 25.04.2016
020-Aircraft General Knowledge A .LTM Seite 6

16 21.1.3.2 errors (deviation, effect of inclination) Typ: MC 1096 7 11/19/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

A direct reading magnetic compass is affected by coefficients B and C only,


which together cause a maximum deviation of 7 degrees West on heading
247?(C). The respective values of coefficients B and C are:

B 6.44 and C 2.73

B 2.73 and C 6.44

B -3.20 and C -380

B 3.83 and C 3.24

17 21.1.1.3.1 construction and principles of operation Typ: MC 689 AviaExam588 11/19/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

If the static source to an airspeed indicator (ASI) becomes blocked during a


descent the instrument will:

over-read

read zero

continue to indicate the speed applicable to that at the time of the


blockage

under-read

18 21.1.1.4.1 mach number Typ: MC 690 AviaExam589 11/19/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

When climbing at a constant Mach number:

CAS decreases.

CAS increases.

CAS remains constant.

difference between surrounding conditions and ISA must be known to


deduce the CAS variation.
TM-Editor 25.04.2016
020-Aircraft General Knowledge A .LTM Seite 7

19 21.1.3.2 errors (deviation, effect of inclination) Typ: MC 1097 8 11/19/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

The following figures appear on an aeroplane deviation card:


FOR MAGNETIC STEER COMPASS
065 058
110 112
The compass heading to steer to maintain a heading of 095?(M) is:

092

094

096

090

20 21.1.1.2.2 display and setting Typ: MC 1112 23 3/26/2009 Pkt.: 1.00

The reported QNH of a given station is the:

actual barometric pressure measured at the station

actual barometric pressure measured at sea level

station`s barometric pressure corrected to mean sea level pressure

station`s standard pressure of 1013.2

21 21.1.1.2.3 errors Typ: MC 1114 25 3/26/2009 Pkt.: 1.00

At a constant pressure altitude of 1 250 feet, a temperature drop from 29 C to


18 C will cause the density altitude to:

decrease by 1 250 feet

increase by 1 200 feet

decrease by 1 870 feet

increase by 1 800 feet


TM-Editor 25.04.2016
020-Aircraft General Knowledge A .LTM Seite 8

22 21.1.3.2 errors (deviation, effect of inclination) Typ: MC 1098 9 11/19/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

The deviations of a direct reading magnetic compass effected only by


coefficient B and C are, 3 E on 230 (C) and 4 W on 130 (C), therefore the
deviation on heading 315 (C) is:

7.5 W

3.3 E

7.5 E

4.5 W

23 21.1.1.2 Altimeter Typ: MC 859 AviaExam9778 3/26/2009 Pkt.: 1.00

The QNH is by definition the value of the:

altimeter setting so that the altimeter, on the apron of the aerodrome for
which it is given, reads the elevation.

atmospheric pressure at the sea level of the location for which it is


given.

altimeter setting so that the altimeter, on the apron of the aerodrome for
which it is given, reads zero.

atmospheric pressure at the level of the ground overflown by the


aircraft.

24 21.1.1.4 Mach meter Typ: MC 862 AviaExam9781 3/26/2009 Pkt.: 1.00

The velocity of sound at the sea level in a standard atmosphere is:

661 kt.

1059 kt.

644 kt.

332 kt.
TM-Editor 25.04.2016
020-Aircraft General Knowledge A .LTM Seite 9

25 21.1.1.3 Airspeed indicator Typ: MC 863 AviaExam9785 3/26/2009 Pkt.: 1.00

Given:
Pt: total pressure
Ps: static pressure
Pd: dynamic pressure

The altimeter is fed by:

Pd.

Ps-Pt.

Pt-Pd.

Pd-Ps.

26 21.1.3.2 errors (deviation, effect of inclination) Typ: MC 1100 11 11/19/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

Co-eff B is negative and one third the value of Co-eff. C which is positive.
The heading on which zero deviation occur are:

108.4 and 288.4

18.4 and 198.4

71.6 and 250.6

184.4 and 298.6

27 21.1.1.3.1 construction and principles of operation Typ: MC 691 AviaExam590 11/19/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

Maintaining CAS and flight level constant, a fall in ambient temperature


results in:

lower TAS because air density increases.

lower TAS because air density decreases.

higher TAS because air density increases.

higher TAS because air density decreases.


TM-Editor 25.04.2016
020-Aircraft General Knowledge A .LTM Seite 10

28 21.1.1.3.1 construction and principles of operation Typ: MC 692 AviaExam592 11/19/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

In standard atmosphere, when descending at constant CAS:

TAS decreases.

TAS remains constant.

TAS increases.

TAS first increases and then remains constant above the tropopause.

29 21.1.3.2 errors (deviation, effect of inclination) Typ: MC 1101 12 11/19/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

A direct reading magnetic compass is affected by coefficient B and C only,


which together cause a maximum deviation of 5 degrees West on heading 307
(C). The respective values of coefficients B and C are

B +4 and C -3

B +7 and C -6

B -3 and C -3

B -5 and C +1

30 21.1.3.1 construction and principles of operation Typ: MC 1099 10 11/3/2013 Pkt.: 1.00

The magnetic system of a compass is suspended pendulously to counteract


the effect of component:

L
TM-Editor 25.04.2016
020-Aircraft General Knowledge A .LTM Seite 11

31 21.1.1.3.1 construction and principles of operation Typ: MC 693 AviaExam593 11/19/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

A leak in the pitot total pressure line of a non-pressurized aircraft to an


airspeed indicator would cause it to:

under-read.

over-read.

over-read in a climb and under-read in a descent.

under-read in a climb and over-read in a descent.

32 21.1.1.4 Mach meter Typ: MC 694 AviaExam597 11/19/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

Machmeter readings are subject to:

position and pressure error

density error.

temperature error.

setting error.

33 20.1.3 Wings Typ: MC 3 AviaExam632 11/19/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

In flight, a cantilever wing of an airplane containing fuel undergoes vertical


loads which produce a bending moment:

highest at the wing root

equal to the zero -fuel weight multiplied by the span

equal to half the weight of the aircraft multiplied by the semi span

lowest at the wing root

34 20.1.6.1 Primary controls: Typ: MC 4 AviaExam638 11/19/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

The trim tab:

reduces hinge moment and control surface efficiency.

reduces hinge moment and increases control surface efficiency.

increases hinge moment and control surface efficiency.

increases hinge moment and reduces control surface efficiency.


TM-Editor 25.04.2016
020-Aircraft General Knowledge A .LTM Seite 12

35 21.1.3.1 construction and principles of operation Typ: MC 1102 13 11/19/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

During a turn the remote indicator of a CL2 compass remains synchronised


with the actual heading because:

the horizontal gyro due to its rigidity drives the pointers keeping
them aligned with the heading

error signals raised in the stators of the gyro unit data selsyn are
repeated in the stators of the master indicator

the detector unit, signal selsyn stator and horizontal gyro, rotate
with the aircraft in the same direction at the same rate

the detector unit, signal selsyn stator and horizontal gyro, rotate
with the aircraft in the opposite direction at the same rate

36 20.1.6.1 Primary controls: Typ: MC 5 AviaExam639 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

The purpose of a trim tab (device) is to:

reduce or to cancel control forces.

trim the aeroplane during normal flight.

trim the aeroplane at low airspeed.

lower manoeuvring control forces.

37 21.1.2.2 Directional gyro Typ: MC 695 AviaExam644 11/19/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

The indications on a directional gyroscope are subject to errors. The most


significant are:

1- apparent wander due to earth rotation.


2- apparent wander due to change of aircraft position.
3- gimballing errors.
4- north change.
5- mechanical defects.

The combination regrouping the correct statement is:

1,2,3,5.

3,4,5.

1,2,4,5.

2,3,5.
TM-Editor 25.04.2016
020-Aircraft General Knowledge A .LTM Seite 13

38 21.1.2.1.2 types, constr. and principles of oper. Typ: MC 696 AviaExam648 11/3/2013 Pkt.: 1.00

The diagram shows three gyro assemblies: A, B and C. Among these gyros,
-one is a roll gyro (noted 1)
-one is a pitch gyro (noted 2)
-one is a yaw gyro (noted 3)
The correct matching of gyros and assemblies is:

1B, 2C, 3A

1C, 2B, 3A

1B, 2A, 3C

1A, 2B, 3C

39 21.1.1.2.3 errors Typ: MC 1109 20 11/19/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

During a pre-flight check the following details were noted:


Airfield Elevation 4800 ft
Apron Elevation 4780 ft
Height of static vent above ground 25 ft
Altimeter reading (QFE) 35 ft

30 ft under read

05 ft under read

30 ft over read

60 ft over read

40 20.1.5 Landing Gear Typ: MC 6 AviaExam669 11/19/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

A torsion link assembly is installed on the landing gear to:

avoid rotation of the piston rod relative to the gear oleo strut.

absorb the spring tension.

control the wheels.

lock the landing gear.


TM-Editor 25.04.2016
020-Aircraft General Knowledge A .LTM Seite 14

41 20.1.5 Landing Gear Typ: MC 7 AviaExam672 11/19/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

In a commercial transport aircraft the landing gear operating system is


usually:

Hydraulically driven.

Mechanically driven.

Pneumatically driven.

Electrically driven.

42 21.1.1.3.5 errors Typ: MC 1111 22 11/19/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

The value of the compressibility error of an Airspeed Indicator (ASI) will:

increase with increase in altitude and true airspeed

decrease, with a decrease in density and increase with an increase in


IAS

increase with an increase in true airspeed and decrease with an


increase in altitude

decrease with an increase in true airspeed and decrease with an


increase in altitude

43 20.1.5 Landing Gear Typ: MC 8 AviaExam679 11/19/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

Generally, on modern jet transport aircraft, how can the landing gear be
extended if there is a complete hydraulic system failure.

Mechanically

Electrically.

Pneumatically.

By hydraulic accumulators.
TM-Editor 25.04.2016
020-Aircraft General Knowledge A .LTM Seite 15

44 21.1.1.2.3 errors Typ: MC 1113 24 11/19/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

Flying at FL 430 the OAT is -59?C. The deviation from Jet Standard
Atmosphere is:

+12

-2.5

+2.7

-10

45 21.1.1.4.5 errors Typ: MC 1115 26 11/19/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

If the static vent becomes blocked during a climb the machmeter will:

overread

read correctly

under read

read zero

46 21.1.2.6 Gyro stabilised platform (gimballed platform) Typ: MC 697 AviaExam655 11/19/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

While inertial platform system is operating on board an aircraft, it is


necessary to use a device with the following characteristics, in order to keep
the vertical line with a pendulous system:

with damping and a period of about 84 minutes.

without damping and a period of about 84 minutes

without damping and a period of about 84 seconds

with damping and a period of 84 seconds


TM-Editor 25.04.2016
020-Aircraft General Knowledge A .LTM Seite 16

47 21.1.1.3.1 construction and principles of operation Typ: MC 1116 27 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

Ambient static pressure is fed to the ASI in flight to:

cancel dynamic pressure in the pitot tube

subtract the static pressure from the dynamic pressure

cancel static pressure entering the instrument diaphragm through the


pitot tube

add static pressure entering the instrument diaphragm through the pitot
tube

48 21.1.2.7 Fixed installations (strap down systems) Typ: MC 698 AviaExam659 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

In order to align an inertial reference system (IRS), it is required to insert the


local geographical coordinates. This enables the IRS to:

compare the latitude it finds with that entered by the operator.

compare the longitude it finds with that entered by the operator.

find true north.

initialise the FMS flight plan.

49 21.1.1.4.5 errors Typ: MC 1117 28 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

The Principal and Operation of the Machmeter precludes the following errors:

density, compressibility and pressure errors

position, density and barometric errors

temperature, compressibility and density errors

lag, density and barometric errors


TM-Editor 25.04.2016
020-Aircraft General Knowledge A .LTM Seite 17

50 21.1.1.2.4 correction tables Typ: MC 1118 29 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

At FL410 the temperature deviation from the Jet Standard Atmosphere is


+5?C. The outside air temperature is:

-51.5?C

-62?C

-67?C

-77?C

51 21.1.1.4.1 mach number Typ: MC 1119 30 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

Mach No. is equal to:

P-S+S

P-S
S

P+S
S

S+S
P

52 20.1.7.1 Basic principles of hydromechanics Typ: MC 22 AviaExam735 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

In hydraulic systems of large modern transport category aircraft the fluids


used are:

Synthetic oil.

Mineral oil.

Vegetable oil.

Water and glycol.


TM-Editor 25.04.2016
020-Aircraft General Knowledge A .LTM Seite 18

53 20.1.7.1 Basic principles of hydromechanics Typ: MC 23 AviaExam738 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

The type of hydraulic oil used in modern hydraulic systems is:

synthetic oil

vegetable oil

mixture of mineral oil and alcohol

mineral oil

54 20.1.8.3 Pressurization Typ: MC 39 AviaExam805 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

Cabin pressurization is controlled by the:

cabin outflow valve.

cabin inlet airflow.

engine's RPM.

engine's bleed valves.

55 20.1.8.3 Pressurization Typ: MC 40 AviaExam806 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

Cabin differential pressure means the pressure difference between:

cabin pressure and ambient air pressure.

cockpit and passenger cabin.

cabin pressure and ambient air pressure at MSL.

actual cabin pressure and selected pressure.

56 20.1.8.4 De-ice systems Typ: MC 49 AviaExam825 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

Pneumatic mechanical ice protection system are mainly used for:

wings.

pitot tubes.

propellers.

windscreens.
TM-Editor 25.04.2016
020-Aircraft General Knowledge A .LTM Seite 19

57 20.1.5 Landing Gear Typ: MC 9 AviaExam690 11/19/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

The type of brake unit found on most transport aeroplanes is a:

Multiple disk brake.

Drum type brake.

Single disk brake.

Belt brake.

58 20.1.10.1 Schematic construction, functioning and oper. Typ: MC 54 AviaExam835 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

On modern transport aircraft, cockpit windows are protected against icing by:

Electric heating.

Vinyl coating.

Anti-icing fluid.

Rain repellent system.

59 20.1.9.3 Anti-ice systems Typ: MC 83 AviaExam900 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

In flight, the most commonly used anti-icing method for the wings of modern
commercial aircraft fitted with turbo-jet units is:

Thermal (use of hot air).

Physical/chemical (glycol-based liquid).

Electrical (electrical resistances).

Mechanical (pneumatic source which acts by deforming the profiles of


the leading edge).

60 20.1.5 Landing Gear Typ: MC 10 AviaExam695 11/19/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

The reason for fitting thermal plugs to aircraft wheels is that they:

release air from the tyre in the event of overheating.

prevent the brakes from overheating.

prevent heat transfer from the brake disks to the tyres.

release air from the tyre in the event of overpressure.


TM-Editor 25.04.2016
020-Aircraft General Knowledge A .LTM Seite 20

61 20.1.8.4 De-ice systems Typ: MC 84 AviaExam902 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

With regard to pneumatic mechanical devices that afford ice protection the
only correct statement is:

They can only be used as de-icing devices.

They are used extensively on modern aircraft as they are inexpensive


and easy to maintain.

They can only be used as anti-icing devices.

They can be used as both de-icing and anti-icing devices.

62 20.1.10.1 Schematic construction, functioning and oper. Typ: MC 87 AviaExam911 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

The heating facility for the windshield of an aircraft is:

Used on a continual basis as it reduces the thermal gradients which


adversely affect the useful life of the components.

Harmful to the integrity of the windows in the event of a bird strike.

Only used when hot-air demisting is insufficient.

Used only at low altitudes where there is a risk of ice formation.

63 20.1.11.2 Fuel feed Typ: MC 88 AviaExam969 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

On a jet aircraft fuel heaters are:

Located on the engines.

Installed in each tank.

Installed only in the centre tank.

not necessary at all.

64 20.1.5 Landing Gear Typ: MC 11 AviaExam702 11/19/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

Thermal plugs are installed in:

wheel rims.

fire warning systems.

cabin windows.

cargo compartments.
TM-Editor 25.04.2016
020-Aircraft General Knowledge A .LTM Seite 21

65 20.3.1.11 Engine handling and manipulation Typ: MC 133 AviaExam3108 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

As altitude increases, the mixture ratio of a piston engine should be adjusted


to :

reduce the fuel flow in order to compensate for the decreasing air
density.

reduce the fuel flow in order to compensate for the increasing air
density.

increase the fuel flow in order to compensate for the decreasing air
pressure and density.

increase the mixture ratio.

66 21.1.4 Radio Altimeter Typ: MC 699 AviaExam1658 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

The radio altimeter is required to indicate zero height AGL as the main wheels
touch down on the runway. For this reason, it is necessary to:

compensate for residual height and cable length.

adjust the gross height according to the aircraft instantaneous pitch.

change the display scale in short final, in order to have a precise


readout.

have a specific radio altimeter dedicated to automatic landing.

67 20.3.1.11 Engine handling and manipulation Typ: MC 134 AviaExam3109 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

When applying carburettor heating:

the mixture becomes richer.

a decrease in RPM results from the lean mixture.

the mixture becomes leaner.

no change occurs in the mixture ratio.


TM-Editor 25.04.2016
020-Aircraft General Knowledge A .LTM Seite 22

68 21.1.4 Radio Altimeter Typ: MC 700 AviaExam1659 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

The low-altitude radio altimeters used in precision approaches:

1 operate in the 1540-1660 MHz range.


2 are of the pulsed type.
3 are of the frequency modulation type.
4 have an operating range of 0 to 5000 ft.
5 have a precision of +/- 2 feet between 0 and 500 ft and +/- 1.5% whichever is
the greatest.

The combination regrouping all the correct statements is:

3, 5

3, 4

2, 3, 4

1, 2, 5

69 20.3.1.11 Engine handling and manipulation Typ: MC 135 AviaExam3110 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

When the pilot moves the mixture lever of a piston engine towards a lean
position the:

amount of fuel entering the combustion chamber is reduced.

volume of air entering the carburettor is reduced.

amount of fuel entering the combustion chamber is increased.

volume of air entering the carburettor is increased.


TM-Editor 25.04.2016
020-Aircraft General Knowledge A .LTM Seite 23

70 20.1.6.2 Secondary controls lift augmentation Typ: MC 12 AviaExam703 11/19/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

The advantages of fly-by-wire control are:

1. reduction of the electric and hydraulic power required to operate the


control surfaces
2. lesser sensitivity to lightning strike
3. direct and indirect weight saving through simplification of systems
4. immunity to different interfering signals
5. improvement of piloting quality throughout the flight envelope

The combination regrouping all the correct statements is:

3 and 5

1 and 2

1 and 5

3, 4 and 5

71 20.3.1.11 Engine handling and manipulation Typ: MC 136 AviaExam3111 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

When altitude increases without adjustment of the mixture ratio, the piston
engine performance is affected because of:

a decrease of air density with a fuel flow which becomes too high.

an increase of air density with a fuel flow which becomes too high.

an increase of air density with a fuel flow which becomes too low.

a decrease of air density with a fuel flow which becomes too low.

72 21.1.4 Radio Altimeter Typ: MC 701 AviaExam1660 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

The data supplied by a radio altimeter:

indicates the distance between the ground and the aircraft.

concerns only the decision height.

is used only by the radio altimeter indicator.

is used by the automatic pilot in the altitude hold mode.


TM-Editor 25.04.2016
020-Aircraft General Knowledge A .LTM Seite 24

73 21.1.1.4 Mach meter Typ: MC 703 AviaExam1703 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

If the outside temperature at 35 000 feet is -40°C, the local speed of sound is:

595 kt.

247 kt.

307 kt.

686 kt.

74 20.1.6.1 Primary controls: Typ: MC 13 AviaExam708 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

An artificial feel unit is necessary in the pitch channel when:

the elevators are actuated by irreversible servo-control units.

the elevators are fitted with servo-tabs or trim tabs.

there is a trimmable stabilizer.

the elevators are actuated by reversible servo-control units.

75 20.2.1.2 Batteries Typ: MC 93 AviaExam1939 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

If one of the 12 cells of a lead-acid battery is dead, the battery:

is unserviceable.

has 1/12 less voltage, but can still be used.

has 1/12 less capacity, but can still be used.

has 1/12 less voltage and less capacity, but can still be used.

76 20.4.4 Fire fighting equipment Typ: MC 96 AviaExam1953 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

The most common extinguishing agent used in gas turbine engine fire
protection system is:

Freon.

Water.

CO2.

Powder.
TM-Editor 25.04.2016
020-Aircraft General Knowledge A .LTM Seite 25

77 20.2.2.2 Generators Typ: MC 97 AviaExam1955 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

In order to produce an alternating voltage of 400 Hz, the number of pairs of


poles required in an AC generator running at 6000 rpm is:

24

12

78 20.1.7.1 Basic principles of hydromechanics Typ: MC 15 AviaExam718 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

Hydraulic fluids must have the following characteristics:

1. thermal stability
2. low emulsifying characteristics
3. corrosion resistant
4. good resistance to combustion
5. high compressibility
6. high volatility
7. high viscosity

The combination regrouping all the correct statements is:

1, 2, 3, 4

1, 2, 5, 7

2, 3, 4, 5

1, 3, 4, 6

79 20.2.1.6 Inverter (applications) Typ: MC 99 AviaExam1958 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

An inverter is a:

unit used to convert DC into AC.

device for reversing the polarity of the static charge.

static discharger.

filter against radio interference.


TM-Editor 25.04.2016
020-Aircraft General Knowledge A .LTM Seite 26

80 20.2.2.2 Generators Typ: MC 100 AviaExam1959 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

The main purpose of a Constant Speed Drive unit is to:

maintain a constant frequency.

take part in the balancing of reactive loads.

mechanically protect the alternator drive shaft during coupling.

take part in the voltage regulation.

81 20.1.8.3 Pressurization Typ: MC 35 AviaExam797 6/29/1994 Pkt.: 1.00

Cabin pressure is controlled by:

delivering a substantially constant flow of air into the cabin and


controlling the outflow.

controlling the flow of air into the cabin with a constant outflow.

the cabin air re-circulation system.

the cabin air mass flow control inlet valve(s).

82 20.1.7.1 Basic principles of hydromechanics Typ: MC 16 AviaExam722 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

In a hydraulic braking system, an accumulator is pre-charged to 1200 psi.


An electrically driven hydraulic pump is started and provides a system
pressure of 3000 psi.
The hydraulic pressure gauge which is connected to the gas section of the
accumulator, reads:

3000 psi

1200 psi

4200 psi

1800 psi
TM-Editor 25.04.2016
020-Aircraft General Knowledge A .LTM Seite 27

83 20.4.3 Fire detection Typ: MC 101 AviaExam1964 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

When a part of a continuous loop fire detection system is heated:

1. its resistance decreases. 2. its resistance increases.


3. the leakage current increases. 4. the leakage current decreases.
The combination regrouping all the correct statements is:

1, 3

2, 3

1, 4

2, 4

84 20.1.7.2 Hydraulic systems Typ: MC 17 AviaExam726 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

In a hydraulic system overheat detectors are mostly installed:

at the pumps.

in the reservoirs.

at the actuators.

at the coolers.

85 20.3.1.11 Engine handling and manipulation Typ: MC 123 AviaExam3089 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

When changing power on engines equipped with constant-speed propeller,


engine overload is avoided by:

increasing the RPM before increasing the manifold pressure.

adjusting Fuel Flow before the manifold pressure.

reducing the RPM before reducing the manifold pressure.

increasing the manifold pressure before increasing the RPM.


TM-Editor 25.04.2016
020-Aircraft General Knowledge A .LTM Seite 28

86 20.3.1.10 Propeller Typ: MC 124 AviaExam3091 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

The blade angle of a constant-speed propeller

increases with increasing true air speed.

only varies with engine RPM.

decreases with increasing true air speed.

is independent of the true air speed.

87 20.1.7.1 Basic principles of hydromechanics Typ: MC 18 AviaExam727 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

Hydraulic fluids:

Are irritating to eyes and skin.

Cause high fire risk.

Do not require special care.

Are irritating to eyes and skin and cause high fire risk.

88 20.3.1.10 Propeller Typ: MC 125 AviaExam3094 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

A propeller blade is twisted, so as to

keep the local Angle of Attack constant along the blade.

avoid the appearance of sonic phenomena.

decrease the blade tangential velocity from the blade root to the tip.

allow a higher mechanical stress.

89 20.1.8.3 Pressurization Typ: MC 44 AviaExam811 6/29/1994 Pkt.: 1.00

On most modern airliners the cabin pressure is controlled by regulating the:

Airflow leaving the cabin.

Airflow entering the cabin.

RPM of the engine.

Bleed air valve.


TM-Editor 25.04.2016
020-Aircraft General Knowledge A .LTM Seite 29

90 20.1.7.1 Basic principles of hydromechanics Typ: MC 19 AviaExam728 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

Hydraulic fluids used in systems of large modern airliners are:

Phosphate ester base fluids.

Water base fluids.

Vegetable base fluids.

Mineral base fluids.

91 20.3.1.10 Propeller Typ: MC 126 AviaExam3098 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

When increasing true airspeed with a constant engine RPM, the angle of
attack of a fixed pitch propeller:

reduces.

increases.

stays constant.

stays constant because it only varies with engine RPM.

92 20.1.7.1 Basic principles of hydromechanics Typ: MC 20 AviaExam729 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

Hydraulic power is a function of:

System pressure and volume flow.

Pump RPM only.

System pressure and tank capacity.

Pump size and volume flow.

93 20.3.1.10 Propeller Typ: MC 127 AviaExam3099 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

When TAS increases, the blade angle of a constant speed propeller will (RPM
and throttle levers are not moved):

increase.

decrease.

first decrease and after a short time increase to its previous value.

remain constant.
TM-Editor 25.04.2016
020-Aircraft General Knowledge A .LTM Seite 30

94 20.1.7.1 Basic principles of hydromechanics Typ: MC 21 AviaExam730 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

Large transport aeroplane hydraulic systems usually operate with a system


pressure of approximately:

3000 psi

4000 psi

2000 psi

1000 psi

95 20.3.1.10 Propeller Typ: MC 128 AviaExam3101 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

The main advantage of a constant speed propeller as compared to a fixed


pitch propeller is a:

high efficiency in a much wider speed range of the aeroplane.

constant efficiency in the whole speed range of the aeroplane.

lower propeller blade stress.

higher efficiency in cruising range.

96 20.3.1.10 Propeller Typ: MC 129 AviaExam3104 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

In case of engine failure during flight the blades of a constant speed propeller
in a single engine aeroplane, not fitted with feathering system

move in the lowest pitch position by the centrifugal force and/or the
spring force.

move in low pitch position by oil pressure created by the windmilling


propeller.

move in a certain pitch position depending on windmilling RPM.

move in the highest pitch position by the aerodynamic force.


TM-Editor 25.04.2016
020-Aircraft General Knowledge A .LTM Seite 31

97 20.1.7.2 Hydraulic systems Typ: MC 24 AviaExam742 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

In a modern hydraulic system, "hydraulic fuses" can be found. Their function


is:

To prevent total system loss in case of a leaking hydraulic line.

To switch to the secondary system in case of a leak in the primary brake


system.

To isolate a part of the system and protect it against accidental


pollution.

To allow by-passing of a hydraulic pump in case it is subject to


excessive pressure, without further damage to the system.

98 20.1.7.2 Hydraulic systems Typ: MC 25 AviaExam743 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

In a hydraulic system, the reservoir is pressurized in order to:

prevent pump cavitation

seal the system

keep the hydraulic fluid at optimum temperature

reduce fluid combustibility

99 20.1.7.1 Basic principles of hydromechanics Typ: MC 26 AviaExam760 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

Shuttle valves will automatically:

switch hydraulically operated units to the most appropriate pressure


supply.

shut down systems which are overloaded.

guard systems against overpressure.

reduce pump loads.


TM-Editor 25.04.2016
020-Aircraft General Knowledge A .LTM Seite 32

100 20.1.7.1 Basic principles of hydromechanics Typ: MC 27 AviaExam772 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

One of the functions of an accumulator in a hydraulic system is:

to damp pressure surges in the system.

to store fluid.

to store pressure.

to act as a pressure relief valve.

101 20.3.1.2 Lubrication system Typ: MC 104 AviaExam3139 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

For a given type of oil, the oil viscosity depends on the:

oil temperature.

outside pressure.

oil pressure.

quantity of oil.

102 20.1.8.3 Pressurization Typ: MC 28 AviaExam779 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

If the cabin altitude rises (aircraft in level flight), the differential pressure:

decreases

increases

remains constant

may exceed the maximum permitted differential unless immediate


preventative action is taken.

103 20.4.2 Smoke detection Typ: MC 146 AviaExam3817 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

Regarding fire detection, Ion detectors are used to detect:

smoke.

overtemperature.

fire.

overtemperature and fire.


TM-Editor 25.04.2016
020-Aircraft General Knowledge A .LTM Seite 33

104 20.1.11.2 Fuel feed Typ: MC 57 AviaExam842 6/30/1994 Pkt.: 1.00

The fuel supply system on a jet engine includes a fuel heating device,
upstream of the main fuel filter so as to:

prevent, at low fuel temperature, the risk of ice formation from water
contained in the fuel.

maintain and improve fuel heating power.

ease low pressure pumps work by increasing fuel fluidity.

prevent fuel from freezing in fuel pipes due to low temperatures at high
altitude.

105 20.1.8.3 Pressurization Typ: MC 29 AviaExam781 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

The purpose of the cabin pressure controller, in the automatic mode, is to


perform the following functions:

1. control of cabin altitude,


2. control of cabin altitude rate-of-change,
3. limitation of differential pressure
4. balancing aircraft altitude with cabin altitude
5. cabin ventilation
6. keeping a constant differential pressure throughout all the flight phases.

The combination regrouping all the correct statements is:

1, 2, 3

2, 6, 4

5, 6, 1

4, 5, 3
TM-Editor 25.04.2016
020-Aircraft General Knowledge A .LTM Seite 34

106 20.3.5.1.1 function, types Typ: MC 150 AviaExam3838 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

On the ground, the Auxiliary Power Unit (APU) can provide:

1. electricity
2. air for starting system
3. hydraulic pressure
4. air for air conditioning

The combination which regroups all of the correct statements is:

1, 2, 4.

1, 2, 3, 4.

1.

2, 3, 4.

107 20.1.8.3 Pressurization Typ: MC 30 AviaExam782 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

During a normal pressurised climb after take-off:

cabin pressure decreases more slowly than atmospheric pressure

the pressurisation system is inoperative until an altitude of 10 000 feet is


reached

the cabin differential pressure is maintained constant

absolute cabin pressure increases to compensate for the fall in pressure


outside the aircraft

108 20.1.8.3 Pressurization Typ: MC 31 AviaExam786 11/6/2013 Pkt.: 1.00

020-002.jpg
In a pressurized aircraft whose cabin altitude is 8000 ft, a crack in a cabin
window makes it necessary to reduce the differential pressure to 5 psi.
The flight level to be maintained in order to keep the same cabin altitude is:

FL 230

FL 340

FL 280

FL 180
TM-Editor 25.04.2016
020-Aircraft General Knowledge A .LTM Seite 35

109 20.1.5 Landing Gear Typ: MC 151 AviaExam3839 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

When a landing gear wheel is hydroplaning, its friction factor is equal to:

0.1

0.5

110 20.1.9.2 Air conditioning system Typ: MC 32 AviaExam787 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

Main cabin temperature is:

controlled automatically, or by flight crew selection.

controlled by individual passenger.

not controllable at the maximum cabin differential pressure.

Only controllable at maximum cabin differential pressure.

111 20.2.1.3.2 electromagnetism: Typ: MC 160 AviaExam3855 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

A thermal circuit breaker:

protects the system in the event of overload/overheating.

uses electromagnetic trip system to prevent over heating.

limits any overcurrent.

can be re-engaged without any danger even if the fault remains.

112 20.2.2.3.1 construction, operation and monitoring Typ: MC 161 AviaExam3856 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

The Auxiliary Power Unit (APU) has its own AC generator that:

supplies the aircraft with three-phase 115-200 V, 400 Hz AC.

is driven at constant speed through a Constant Speed Drive (CSD), in


the same way as the main AC generator.

is excited by its Generator Control Unit (GCU) as soon as the APU starts
up.

must have the same characteristics as the main AC generator so that it


can be easily coupled with the latter.
TM-Editor 25.04.2016
020-Aircraft General Knowledge A .LTM Seite 36

113 20.1.8.3 Pressurization Typ: MC 33 AviaExam788 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

The purpose of cabin air flow control valves in a pressurization system is to:

Maintain a constant and sufficient mass air flow to ventilate the cabin
and minimise cabin pressure surges.

regulate cabin pressure to the selected altitude.

discharge cabin air to atmosphere if cabin pressure rises above the


selected altitude.

regulate cabin pressure at the maximum cabin pressure differential.

114 20.1.8.3 Pressurization Typ: MC 34 AviaExam792 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

Assuming cabin differential pressure has reached the required value in


normal flight conditions, if flight altitude and air conditioning system setting
are maintained:

the mass air flow through the cabin is constant.

the outflow valves will move to the fully open position.

the pressurisation system ceases to function until leakage reduces the


pressure.

the outflow valves will move to the fully closed position.

115 20.1.7.1.1 hydraulic fluids Typ: MC 162 AviaExam3858 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

The colour of a fresh synthetic hydraulic fluids is:

purple.

pink.

blue.

red.
TM-Editor 25.04.2016
020-Aircraft General Knowledge A .LTM Seite 37

116 20.2.2.3.2 protection circuits, paralleling of AC-gen. Typ: MC 163 AviaExam3863 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

A magnetic circuit-breaker is:

a protection system that has a quick tripping response.

permits an overcurrent limited in time.

can be reset without any danger even when fault remains.

is a system with a slow response time.

117 21.1.2.5 Turn and bank indicator (rate gyro) Typ: MC 708 AviaExam3868 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

The gyroscope of a turn indicator has:

(NB: the degree(s) of freedom of a gyro does not take into account its rotor
spin axis.)

1 degree of freedom.

0 degree of freedom.

2 degrees of freedom.

3 degrees of freedom.

118 20.1.8.3 Pressurization Typ: MC 36 AviaExam801 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

During level flight at a constant cabin pressure altitude (which could be


decreased, even at this flight level), the cabin outflow valves are:

Partially open.

fully closed until the cabin climbs to a selected altitude.

At the pre-set position for take-off.

Fully closed until the cabin descends to a selected altitude.

119 20.1.9.2 Air conditioning system Typ: MC 71 AviaExam879 7/11/1994 Pkt.: 1.00

Cabin air for a large airplane, during flight:

is temperature controlled.

has a constant oxygen ratio regulated to a preset value.

has an increased oxygen ratio.

has a reduced oxygen ratio.


TM-Editor 25.04.2016
020-Aircraft General Knowledge A .LTM Seite 38

120 20.1.8.3 Pressurization Typ: MC 38 AviaExam804 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

The cabin pressure is regulated by the:

Outflow valve.

Air cycle machine.

Air conditioning pack.

Cabin inlet airflow valve.

121 21.1.3 Magnetic compass Typ: MC 709 AviaExam3873 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

The fields affecting a magnetic compass originate from:


1. magnetic masses
2. ferrous metal masses
3. non ferrous metal masses
4. electrical currents

The combination regrouping all the correct statements is:

1, 2, 4

1, 2, 3

1, 2, 3, 4

1, 3, 4

122 21.1.4 Radio Altimeter Typ: MC 710 AviaExam3874 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

Modern low altitude radio altimeters emit waves in the following frequency
band:

SHF (Super High Frequency).

VLF (Very Low Frequency).

HF (High Frequency).

UHF (Ultra High Frequency).


TM-Editor 25.04.2016
020-Aircraft General Knowledge A .LTM Seite 39

123 21.1.5 Electronic Flight Instrument System (EFIS) Typ: MC 711 AviaExam3875 4/16/2009 Pkt.: 1.00

The Primary Flight Display (PFD) displays information dedicated to:

piloting.

weather situation.

engines and alarms.

systems.

124 20.1.8.3 Pressurization Typ: MC 41 AviaExam807 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

Under normal conditions the cabin pressure altitude is not allowed to


exceed:

8000 ft

4000 ft

6000 ft

10000 ft

125 20.4.5 Aircraft oxygen equipment Typ: MC 175 AviaExam3937 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

In jet transport aircraft, breathing oxygen for the cockpit is stored in the
following state:

gaseous.

liquid.

chemical.

chemical or gaseous.
TM-Editor 25.04.2016
020-Aircraft General Knowledge A .LTM Seite 40

126 20.2.1.2 Batteries Typ: MC 178 AviaExam3945 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

On board present aircraft, the batteries used are mainly Cadmium-Nickel.


Their advantages are:
1. low risk of thermal runaway
2. high internal resistance, hence higher power
3. good charging and discharging capability at high rating
4. wider permissible temperature range
5. good storage capability
6. sturdiness owing to its metal casing
7. the electrolyte density remains unchanged during charging.

The combination of correct statement is:

3, 4, 5, 6

1, 2, 5, 6, 7

2, 3, 4, 5, 6

3, 4, 6, 7

127 20.1.8.3 Pressurization Typ: MC 42 AviaExam808 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

Cabin altitude means the:

cabin pressure expressed as altitude.

difference in height between the cabin floor and ceiling.

flight level the aircraft is flying at.

flight level altitude at maximum differential pressure.

128 20.1.8.3 Pressurization Typ: MC 43 AviaExam810 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

On a modern large pressurized transport aircraft, the maximum cabin


differential pressure is approximately:

7 - 9 psi

3 - 5 psi

13 - 15 psi

22 psi
TM-Editor 25.04.2016
020-Aircraft General Knowledge A .LTM Seite 41

129 21.1.4 Radio Altimeter Typ: MC 713 AviaExam3979 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

The operating frequency range of a radio altimeter is:

4200 MHz to 4400 MHz.

5400 MHz or 9400 MHz.

2700 MHz to 2900 MHz.

5 GHz.

130 20.1.5 Landing Gear Typ: MC 189 AviaExam3999 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

Shimmy occurs on the nose wheel landing gear during taxiing when:

1. the wheels tend to describe a sinusoidal motion on the ground


2. the wheels no longer respond to the pilot's actions

This effect is overcome by means of:

3. the torque link


4. a damper associated with the steering cylinder

The combination of correct statements is:

1, 4.

1, 3.

2, 4.

2, 3.

131 20.1.8.3 Pressurization Typ: MC 45 AviaExam812 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

If the maximum operating altitude of an airplane is limited by the pressurized


cabin, this limitation is due to the maximum:

Positive cabin differential pressure at maximum cabin altitude.

Negative differential pressure at maximum cabin altitude.

Positive cabin differential pressure at maximum operating ceiling.

Negative cabin differential pressure at maximum operating ceiling.


TM-Editor 25.04.2016
020-Aircraft General Knowledge A .LTM Seite 42

132 21.1.1.2 Altimeter Typ: MC 715 AviaExam4079 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

When flying in cold air (colder than standard atmosphere), the altimeter will:

overread

underread

be just as correct as before.

show the actual height above ground.

133 21.1.1.3 Airspeed indicator Typ: MC 717 AviaExam4090 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

During descent, the total pressure probe of the airspeed indicator becomes
blocked. In this case:

1 - IAS becomes greater than CAS


2 - IAS becomes lower than CAS
3 - maintaining IAS constant, VMO may be exceeded
4 - maintaining IAS constant, aircraft may stall

The combination regrouping all the correct statements is:

2, 3.

2, 4.

1, 3.

1, 4.

134 20.1.8.3 Pressurization Typ: MC 46 AviaExam815 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

The "cabin differential pressure" is:

cabin pressure minus ambient pressure.

approximately 5 psi at maximum.

approximately 15 psi at maximum.

the pressure differential between the air entering and leaving the cabin.
TM-Editor 25.04.2016
020-Aircraft General Knowledge A .LTM Seite 43

135 20.1.8.3 Pressurization Typ: MC 47 AviaExam818 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

The cabin rate of descent:

results in a cabin pressure increase.

is always the same as the airplane's rate of descent.

results in a cabin pressure decrease.

is not possible at constant airplane altitudes.

136 20.2.1.4 Generators Typ: MC 203 AviaExam4094 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

The output of a generator is controlled by:

varying the field strength.

varying the speed of the engine.

varying the length of wire in the armature windings.

the reverse current relay circuit breaker.

137 20.2.1.1 General Typ: MC 204 AviaExam4098 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

The rating of electrical fuses is expressed in:

amperes.

volts.

watts.

ohms.

138 20.1.8.3 Pressurization Typ: MC 48 AviaExam819 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

The maximum cabin differential pressure of a pressurised aeroplane


operating at FL370 is approximately:

9.0 psi

3.5 psi

13.5 psi

15.5 psi
TM-Editor 25.04.2016
020-Aircraft General Knowledge A .LTM Seite 44

139 20.2.1.2 Batteries Typ: MC 207 AviaExam4103 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

The capacity of a battery is given in:

Ampere hours.

Amperes/volts.

Watts.

Ohms.

140 21.1.1.4 Mach meter Typ: MC 718 AviaExam4755 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

In standard atmosphere, when climbing at constant CAS:

TAS and Mach number increase.

TAS and Mach number decrease.

TAS increases and Mach number decreases.

TAS decreases and Mach number increases.

141 20.1.9.2 Air conditioning system Typ: MC 50 AviaExam826 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

The purpose of the pack cooling fans in the air conditioning system is to:

supply the heat exchangers with cooling air during slow flights and
ground operation.

supply the heat exchangers with cooling air during cruise flight.

supply the Passenger Service Unit (PSU) with fresh air.

cool the APU compartment.

142 21.1.1.3 Airspeed indicator Typ: MC 719 AviaExam4756 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

The limits of the yellow scale of an airspeed indicator are:

VNO for the lower limit and VNE for the upper limit

VLO for the lower limit and VNE for the upper limit

VLE for the lower limit and VNE for the upper limit

VFE for the lower limit and VNE for the upper limit
TM-Editor 25.04.2016
020-Aircraft General Knowledge A .LTM Seite 45

143 20.1.9.2 Air conditioning system Typ: MC 51 AviaExam828 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

In flight, the cabin air for modern airplanes with jet engines is usually
supplied by:

engine compressors.

piston compressors.

ram air intakes.

single radial compressors.

144 21.1.1.3 Airspeed indicator Typ: MC 720 AviaExam4757 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

The limits of the green scale of an airspeed indicator are:

VS1 for the lower limit and VNO for the upper limit

VS0 for the lower limit and VNO for the upper limit

VS1 for the lower limit and VNE for the upper limit

VS1 for the lower limit and VLO for the upper limit

145 20.1.9.2 Air conditioning system Typ: MC 52 AviaExam831 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

Cabin air for modern aircraft is usually taken from:

the low pressure compressor and from the high pressure compressor if
necessary.

the second fan stage.

the low pressure compressor.

the high pressure compressor.

146 20.1.9.2 Air conditioning system Typ: MC 53 AviaExam834 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

In an aircraft air conditioning system the air cannot be treated for:

humidity.

purity.

pressure.

temperature.
TM-Editor 25.04.2016
020-Aircraft General Knowledge A .LTM Seite 46

147 21.1.1.3 Airspeed indicator Typ: MC 721 AviaExam4758 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

The limits of the white scale of an airspeed indicator are:

VSO for the lower limit and VFE for the upper limit

VSI for the lower limit and VFE for the upper limit

VSO for the lower limit and VLE for the upper limit

VSI for the lower limit and VLE for the upper limit

148 20.3.1.10 Propeller Typ: MC 283 AviaExam5372 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

The 'slipstream effect' of a propeller is most prominent at:

low airspeeds with high power setting.

high airspeeds with low power setting.

high airspeeds with high power setting.

low airspeeds with low power setting.

149 21.1.1.3 Airspeed indicator Typ: MC 722 AviaExam4759 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

The limit speed maximum operating (VMO) is a speed expressed as:

calibrated airspeed (CAS).

equivalent airspeed (EAS).

true airspeed (TAS).

computed airspeed (COAS).

150 20.1.10.1 Schematic construction, functioning and oper. Typ: MC 55 AviaExam836 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

Generally, for large aeroplanes, electrical heating for ice protection is used
on:

pitot tubes.

elevator leading edges.

slat leading edges.

fin leading edges.


TM-Editor 25.04.2016
020-Aircraft General Knowledge A .LTM Seite 47

151 20.3.1.10 Propeller Typ: MC 284 AviaExam5373 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

An asymmetric loading (p-factor) on the propeller exists ..

If the aeroplane has a large angle of attack.

If there is an unbalanced propeller.

Only for counterrotating propeller

Only if the 'constant speed propeller' mechanism is broken.

152 20.3.1.10 Propeller Typ: MC 285 AviaExam5375 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

In respect of a constant speed propeller of a twin engine aeroplane controlled


by a single-acting pitch control unit:

oil pressure turns the propeller blades towards smaller pitch angle.

aerodynamic force turns the propeller blades towards higher pitch


angle.

spring force turns the propeller blades towards smaller pitch angle.

oil pressure turns the propeller blades towards higher pitch angle.

153 21.1.1.3 Airspeed indicator Typ: MC 725 AviaExam4763 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

After an aircraft has passed through a volcanic cloud which has blocked the
total pressure probe inlet of the airspeed indicator, the pilot begins a
stabilized descent and finds that the indicated airspeed:

decreases steadily

increases abruptly towards VNE

increases steadily

decreases abruptly towards zero

154 21.1.1.4 Mach meter Typ: MC 726 AviaExam4765 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

The principle of the Mach indicator is based on the computation of the ratio:

(Pt - Ps)/Ps

Pt/Ps

(Pt - Ps)/Pt

(Pt + Ps)/Ps
TM-Editor 25.04.2016
020-Aircraft General Knowledge A .LTM Seite 48

155 20.1.11.2 Fuel feed Typ: MC 56 AviaExam841 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

On most transport aircraft, the low pressure pumps of the fuel system are:

centrifugal pumps, driven by an electric motor.

electro-mechanical wobble pumps, with self-regulated pressure.

mechanically driven by the engine's accessory gearbox.

removable only after the associated tank has been emptied.

156 21.1.1.4 Mach meter Typ: MC 727 AviaExam4766 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

The mach number is the:

true airspeed (TAS) divided by the local speed of sound

corrected airspeed (CAS) divided by the local speed of sound

indicated airspeed (IAS) divided by the local speed of sound

equivalent airspeed (EAS) divided by the local speed of sound

157 20.1.11.2 Fuel feed Typ: MC 58 AviaExam843 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

On most transport jet aircraft, the low pressure pumps of the fuel system are
supplied with electric power of the following type:

115 V AC

28 V AC

28 V DC

115 V DC

158 21.1.1.3 Airspeed indicator Typ: MC 728 AviaExam4767 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

During a climb, the total pressure probe of the airspeed indicator becomes
blocked; if the pilot maintains a constant indicated airspeed, the true
airspeed:

decreases until reaching the stall speed.

increases until reaching VMO.

decreases by 1% per 600 FT.

increases by 1% per 600 FT.


TM-Editor 25.04.2016
020-Aircraft General Knowledge A .LTM Seite 49

159 21.1.1.3 Airspeed indicator Typ: MC 729 AviaExam4768 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

With constant weight and configuration, an aircraft always takes off at the
same:

equivalent airspeed.

ground speed.

true airspeed.

indicated airspeed.

160 20.3.4.4 Fuel system Typ: MC 59 AviaExam845 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

The pressure usually produced by the Boost Pumps (BP) of the fuel supply
system of a large jet transport airplane is within the following range:

20 to 50 psi

5 to 10 psi

3000 to 5000 psi

300 to 500 psi

161 21.1.2.2 Directional gyro Typ: MC 730 AviaExam4769 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

The indication of the directional gyro is valid only for a limited period of time.
The causes of this inaccuracy are:

1 - rotation of the earth


2 - longitudinal accelerations
3 - aircraft's moving over the surface of the earth
4 - mechanical imperfections
5 - vertical components of the earth's magnetic field
6 - geometry of the gimbal system

The combination regrouping all the correct statements is:

1,3,4,6

2,3,5.

1,2,3,4,6.

1,2,4,6.
TM-Editor 25.04.2016
020-Aircraft General Knowledge A .LTM Seite 50

162 20.3.4.5 Lubrication Typ: MC 60 AviaExam846 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

In a gas turbine engine lubrication system, the oil to fuel heat exchanger
provides:

oil cooling through thermal exchange with the fuel.

fuel cooling to prevent vapour locking interrupting the fuel supply to the
nozzles.

fuel heating as required whenever fuel filter clogging is detected.

automatic controlled fuel heating by engine oil to prevent icing in the


fuel filter.

163 21.1.2.4 Attitude indicator (vertical gyro) Typ: MC 731 AviaExam4771 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

The artificial horizon uses a gyroscope with:

(note: the degree(s) of freedom of a gyro does not take into account its rotor
spin axis.)

two degrees of freedom, and its rotor spin axis is continuously


maintained to local vertical by an automatic erecting system.

two degrees of freedom, and its rotor spin axis is continuously


maintained in the horizontal plane by an automatic erecting system.

one degree of freedom, and its rotor spin axis is continuously


maintained in the horizontal plane by an automatic erecting system.

one degree of freedom, and its rotor spin axis is continuously


maintained to local vertical by an automatic erecting system.

164 20.1.11.2 Fuel feed Typ: MC 61 AviaExam847 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

The fuel cross-feed system:

allows feeding of any engine from any fuel tank.

is only used to feed an engine from the tank of the opposite wing.

is only used on the ground for fuel transfer from one tank to another.

is only used in flight for fuel transfer from one tank to another.
TM-Editor 25.04.2016
020-Aircraft General Knowledge A .LTM Seite 51

165 21.1.2.2 Directional gyro Typ: MC 732 AviaExam4772 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

The characteristics of the directional gyro used in a gyro stabilised compass


system are:

NB: the degree(s) of freedom of a gyro does not take into account its rotor
spin axis.

two degrees of freedom, whose horizontal axis corresponding to the


reference direction is maintained in the horizontal plane by an automatic
erecting system.

two degrees of freedom, whose axis aligned with the vertical to the
location is maintained in this direction by an erecting system.

one degree of freedom, whose horizontal axis is maintained in the


horizontal plane by an automatic erecting system.

one degree of freedom, whose vertical axis, aligned with the real vertical
to the location is maintained in this direction by an automatic erecting
system.

166 20.1.11.1 Fuel tanks Typ: MC 62 AviaExam850 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

The purpose of baffles in an aeroplane's integral fuel tank is to:

restrict the fuel movements in the tank.

prevent overpressure in the tank.

prevent the fuel from flowing in the vent lines.

prevent mixture of the fuel and hydraulic fluid.

167 21.1.1.3 Airspeed indicator Typ: MC 733 AviaExam4773 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

Calibrated Air Speed (CAS) is obtained from Indicated Air Speed (IAS) by
correcting for the:

position and instrument errors.

instrument error.

density error.

position and density errors.


TM-Editor 25.04.2016
020-Aircraft General Knowledge A .LTM Seite 52

168 20.1.11.1 Fuel tanks Typ: MC 63 AviaExam853 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

On a transport type aircraft the fuel tank system is vented through:

Ram air scoops on the underside of the wing.

A pressure regulator in the wing tip.

Bleed air from the engines.

The return lines of the fuel pumps.

169 21.1.1.3 Airspeed indicator Typ: MC 735 AviaExam4782 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

VNO is the maximum speed:

not to be exceeded except in still air and with caution.

which must never be exceeded.

at which the flight controls can be fully deflected.

with flaps extended in landing position.

170 20.1.11.1 Fuel tanks Typ: MC 64 AviaExam855 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

The types of fuel tanks used on most modern transport aircraft are:

Integral tanks.

Cell tanks.

Combined fuel tanks.

Fixed built-in tanks.

171 21.1.1.3 Airspeed indicator Typ: MC 736 AviaExam4783 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

VNE is the maximum speed:

which must never be exceeded

not to be exceeded except in still air and with caution

at which the flight controls can be fully deflected

with flaps extended in landing position


TM-Editor 25.04.2016
020-Aircraft General Knowledge A .LTM Seite 53

172 20.1.11.1 Fuel tanks Typ: MC 65 AviaExam858 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

The purpose of baffle check valves fitted in aircraft fuel tanks is to:

prevent fuel movement to the wing tip.

damp out movement of the fuel in the tank.

close the vent lines in case of turbulence.

prevent positive pressure build up inside the tank.

173 20.1.11.2 Fuel feed Typ: MC 66 AviaExam861 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

On most transport aircraft, the low pressure pumps of the fuel system are:

Centrifugal pumps.

Gear type pumps.

Piston pumps.

Diaphragm pumps.

174 20.1.5 Landing Gear Typ: MC 215 AviaExam4784 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

VLO is the maximum:

speed at which the landing gear can be operated with full safety.

flight speed with landing gear down.

speed with flaps extended in a given position.

cruising speed not to be exceeded except in still air with caution.

175 20.3.1.10 Propeller Typ: MC 130 AviaExam3105 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

For take-off, the correct combination of propeller pitch (1), and propeller lever
position (2) at brake release is:

(1) low (2) forward.

(1) low (2) aft.

(1) high (2) aft.

(1) high (2) forward.


TM-Editor 25.04.2016
020-Aircraft General Knowledge A .LTM Seite 54

176 20.1.11.1 Fuel tanks Typ: MC 67 AviaExam862 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

The pressurization of fuel tanks is maintained by:

the fuel vent system.

the fuel tank drains.

the fuel top off unit.

the fuel dump system.

177 20.3.1.9 Mixture Typ: MC 131 AviaExam3106 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

For piston engines, mixture ratio is the ratio between the:

mass of fuel and mass of air entering the cylinder.

volume of fuel and volume of air entering the cylinder.

volume of fuel and volume of air entering the carburettor.

mass of fuel and volume of air entering the carburettor.

178 20.1.5 Landing Gear Typ: MC 216 AviaExam4785 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

VLE is the maximum:

flight speed with landing gear down

speed at which the landing gear can be operated with full safety

speed with flaps extended in a given position

speed authorized in flight

179 20.3.1.5 Engine fuel supply Typ: MC 132 AviaExam3107 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

Variations in mixture ratios for carburettors are achieved by the adjustment


of:

fuel flow.

air flow.

fuel flow and air flow.

fuel flow, air flow and temperature.


TM-Editor 25.04.2016
020-Aircraft General Knowledge A .LTM Seite 55

180 20.1.9.2 Air conditioning system Typ: MC 68 AviaExam875 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

In a turbo compressor air conditioning system (bootstrap system), the


purpose of the heat exchangers is to:

cool the bleed air in front and behind the compressor of the air cycle
machine.

allow a homogeneous temperature by mixing air flows from various air


conditioning groups in operation.

cool bleed air before entering the complete pneumatic system.

allow a steady compressor outlet temperature.

181 21.1.1.2 Altimeter Typ: MC 739 AviaExam4792 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

The position error of the static vent on which the altimeter is connected varies
substantially with the:

Mach number of the aircraft.

deformation of the aneroid capsule.

flight time at high altitude.

static temperature.

182 21.1.1.2 Altimeter Typ: MC 740 AviaExam4793 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

When flying in cold air (colder than standard atmosphere), indicated altitude
is:

higher than the true altitude.

the same as the true altitude.

lower than the true altitude.

equal to the standard altitude.


TM-Editor 25.04.2016
020-Aircraft General Knowledge A .LTM Seite 56

183 20.1.9.2 Air conditioning system Typ: MC 69 AviaExam877 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

In a turbo compressor air conditioning system (bootstrap system), the main


water separation unit is:

after the cooling turbine.

before the heat exchangers.

before the cooling turbine.

just after the heat exchangers.

184 21.1.1.2 Altimeter Typ: MC 741 AviaExam4794 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

When flying in warm air (warmer than standard atmosphere), indicated


altitude is:

lower than the true altitude.

the same as the true altitude.

higher than the true altitude.

equal to the standard altitude.

185 20.1.9.2 Air conditioning system Typ: MC 70 AviaExam878 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

A turbo compressor air conditioning system (bootstrap system) includes two


heat exchangers; the primary exchanger (P) and the secondary exchanger (S).
The functions of these heat exchangers are as follows:

P: precools the engine bleed air


S: cools air behind the pack's compressor.

P: warms up engine bleed air


S: recirculates the cabin air, reducing its temperature.

P: warms up engine bleed air


S: increases the temperature of air originating from the compressor of
the pack.

P: pre-cools the engine bleed air


S: increases the temperature of the air used for air-conditioning of cargo
compartment (animals).
TM-Editor 25.04.2016
020-Aircraft General Knowledge A .LTM Seite 57

186 20.3.1.9 Mixture Typ: MC 102 AviaExam3112 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

A mixture setting richer than best power has to be used during climb
segments. This results in a

lower cylinder head temperature.

higher efficiency.

increase of power.

higher torque.

187 21.1.1.2 Altimeter Typ: MC 742 AviaExam4795 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

Due to its conception, the altimeter measures a:

a pressure altitude

a density altitude

a temperature altitude

a true altitude

188 20.1.9.2 Air conditioning system Typ: MC 72 AviaExam881 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

When air is compressed for pressurization purposes, the percentage oxygen


content is:

unaffected.

decreased.

increased.

dependent on the degree of pressurisation.

189 21.1.1.2 Altimeter Typ: MC 743 AviaExam4796 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

The density altitude is:

the altitude in the standard atmosphere on which the density is equal to


the actual density of the atmosphere

the temperature altitude corrected for the difference between the real
temperature and the standard temperature

the pressure altitude corrected for the relative density prevailing at this
point

the pressure altitude corrected for the density of air at this point
TM-Editor 25.04.2016
020-Aircraft General Knowledge A .LTM Seite 58

190 21.1.1.2 Altimeter Typ: MC 745 AviaExam4801 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

The pressure altitude is the altitude corresponding:

in standard atmosphere, to the pressure Ps prevailing at this point.

in ambient atmosphere, to the reference pressure Ps.

in standard atmosphere, to the reference pressure Ps.

in ambient atmosphere, to the pressure Ps prevailing at this point.

191 20.1.9.2 Air conditioning system Typ: MC 73 AviaExam882 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

The term "bootstrap", when used to identify a cabin air conditioning and
pressurisation system, refers to the:

cold air unit (air cycle machine) arrangement.

source of the charge air.

means by which pressurisation is controlled.

charge air across the inter-cooler heat exchanger.

192 20.1.9.2 Air conditioning system Typ: MC 74 AviaExam883 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

In a turbo compressor air conditioning system (bootstrap system) the supply


of air behind the primary heat exchanger is:

compressed, passed through a heat exchanger, and then across an


expansion turbine.

passed across an expansion turbine, compressed and then passed


through a heat exchanger.

passed across an expansion turbine, then directly to the heat


exchanger.

compressed, then passed across an expansion turbine and finally


across a heat exchanger.
TM-Editor 25.04.2016
020-Aircraft General Knowledge A .LTM Seite 59

193 21.1.2.4 Attitude indicator (vertical gyro) Typ: MC 746 AviaExam4806 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

During a deceleration phase at constant attitude, the control system of the


artificial horizon results in the horizon bar indicating a

nose down attitude.

nose up attitude.

constant attitude.

nose up followed by a nose down attitude.

194 20.1.9.2 Air conditioning system Typ: MC 75 AviaExam886 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

In a cabin air conditioning system, equipped with a bootstrap, the mass air
flow is routed via the:

secondary heat exchanger outlet to the turbine inlet of the cold air unit.

secondary heat exchanger outlet to the compressor inlet of the cold air
unit.

turbine outlet of the cold air unit to the primary heat exchanger inlet.

compressor outlet of the cold air unit to the primary heat exchanger
inlet.

195 21.1.2.4 Attitude indicator (vertical gyro) Typ: MC 747 AviaExam4807 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

When an aircraft has turned 360 degrees with a constant attitude and bank,
the pilot observes the following on a classic artificial horizon:

attitude and bank correct

too much nose-up and bank too low

too much nose-up and bank correct

too much nose-up and bank too high


TM-Editor 25.04.2016
020-Aircraft General Knowledge A .LTM Seite 60

196 21.1.2.4 Attitude indicator (vertical gyro) Typ: MC 748 AviaExam4808 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

When an aircraft has turned 90 degrees with a constant attitude and bank, the
pilot observes the following on a classic artificial horizon:

too much nose-up and bank too low

attitude and bank correct

too much nose-up and bank correct

too much nose-up and bank too high

197 20.1.9.2 Air conditioning system Typ: MC 76 AviaExam887 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

Engine bleed air used for air conditioning and pressurization in turbo-jet
aeroplanes is usually taken from the:

compressor section.

fan section.

turbine section.

by-pass ducting.

198 21.1.2.4 Attitude indicator (vertical gyro) Typ: MC 749 AviaExam4809 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

A gravity type erector is used in a vertical gyro device to correct errors on:

an artificial horizon

a directional gyro unit

a turn indicator

a gyromagnetic indicator

199 20.1.9.2 Air conditioning system Typ: MC 77 AviaExam888 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

In an air cycle machine:

the turbine drives the compressor of the machine which causes a higher
temperature, and so increases the second heat exchanger efficiency.

the turbine drives the compressor which provides pressurisation.

the turbine increases the pressure of the air supply to the cabin.

the temperature drop across the turbine is the main contributor to the
cooling effect of the air cycle machine.
TM-Editor 25.04.2016
020-Aircraft General Knowledge A .LTM Seite 61

200 21.1.2.2 Directional gyro Typ: MC 750 AviaExam4812 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

The latitude at which the apparent wander of a directional gyro is equal to 0


is:

the equator

latitude 30°

latitude 45°

the North pole

201 20.3.1.1 General Typ: MC 320 AviaExam6591 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

A piston engine compression ratio is the ratio of the:

total volume to the clearance volume.

clearance volume to the swept volume.

total volume to the swept volume.

swept volume to the clearance volume.

202 20.1.9.2 Air conditioning system Typ: MC 78 AviaExam889 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

In large modern aircraft, in the air conditioning system, reduction of air


temperature and pressure is achieved by:

an expansion turbine.

a compressor.

a condenser.

an evaporator.

203 21.1.2.2 Directional gyro Typ: MC 751 AviaExam4813 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

The apparent wander of a directional gyro is 15°/h:

At the North pole

At the latitude 30°

At the latitude 45°

At the equator
TM-Editor 25.04.2016
020-Aircraft General Knowledge A .LTM Seite 62

204 20.1.9.2 Air conditioning system Typ: MC 79 AviaExam890 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

In a "bootstrap" cooling system, the charge air is first compressed in the cold
air unit to:

ensure an adequate pressure and temperature drop across the cooling


turbine.

increase the cabin air supply pressure when the charge pressure is too
low.

ensure an adequate charge air flow across the inter-cooler heat


exchanger.

maintain a constant cabin mass air flow.

205 20.1.9.2 Air conditioning system Typ: MC 80 AviaExam891 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

A turbo compressor air conditioning system (bootstrap system) will:

cause a pressure drop as well as an associated temperature drop in the


charge air.

not affect the charge air pressure.

increase charge air pressure whilst causing the temperature to drop in


the heat exchanger.

decrease charge air pressure whilst causing the temperature to rise in


the heat exchanger.

206 21.1.2.2 Directional gyro Typ: MC 752 AviaExam4815 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

For a directional gyro, the system which detects the local vertical supplies:

a levelling erection torque motor.

a nozzle integral with the outer gimbal ring.

a torque motor on the sensitive axis.

two torque motors arranged horizontally.


TM-Editor 25.04.2016
020-Aircraft General Knowledge A .LTM Seite 63

207 21.1.2.2 Directional gyro Typ: MC 753 AviaExam4816 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

In a directional gyro, gimballing errors are due to:

a banked attitude

an apparent weight and an apparent vertical

the vertical component of the earth's magnetic field

the aircraft's movement over the earth

208 20.1.9.2 Air conditioning system Typ: MC 81 AviaExam897 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

The cabin heating supply in a heavy jet transport aircraft is obtained from:

hot air coming from the engine's compressors.

hot air coming from the engine's turbines.

a fuel heater system.

an electrical heater system.

209 21.1.2.5 Turn and bank indicator (rate gyro) Typ: MC 754 AviaExam4819 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

Under normal operating conditions, when an aircraft is in a banked turn, the


rate-of-turn indicator indicates:

1. the angular velocity of the aircraft about the yaw axis


2. the bank of the aircraft
3. the direction of the aircraft turn
4. the angular velocity of the aircraft about the real vertical

The combination regrouping all the correct statements is:

1,3.

1,2.

3,4.

2,4.
TM-Editor 25.04.2016
020-Aircraft General Knowledge A .LTM Seite 64

210 20.1.9.2 Air conditioning system Typ: MC 82 AviaExam899 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

The pack cooling fan provides:

cooling air to the primary and secondary heat exchanger during slow
flight and ground operation.

cooling air to the pre-cooler.

air to the eyeball outlets at the Passenger Service Unit (PSU).

cooling air to the primary and secondary heat exchanger during cruise.

211 21.1.4 Radio Altimeter Typ: MC 755 AviaExam4826 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

The aircraft radio equipment which emits on a frequency of 4400 MHz is the:

radio altimeter.

high altitude radio altimeter.

weather radar.

primary radar.

212 20.3.1.8.2 detonation characteristics, octane rating Typ: MC 218 AviaExam4837 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

The octane rating of a fuel characterises the:

the anti-knock capability

fuel volatility

quantity of heat generated by its combustion

fuel electrical conductivity

213 20.3.4.6.1 effects of temperature Typ: MC 219 AviaExam4840 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

The fuel temperature, at which, under standard conditions, the vapour ignites
in contact with a flame and extinguishes immediately, is the:

flash point

combustion point

fire point

self ignition point


TM-Editor 25.04.2016
020-Aircraft General Knowledge A .LTM Seite 65

214 20.1.10.1 Schematic construction, functioning and oper. Typ: MC 85 AviaExam903 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

Concerning electrically powered ice protection devices, the only true


statement is:

on modern aeroplanes, electrically powered thermal devices are used to


prevent icing on small surfaces (pitot-static, windshield...).

on modern aeroplanes, electrical power supply being available in


excess, this system is very often used for large surfaces de-icing.

on modern aeroplanes, electrically powered thermal devices are very


efficient, therefore they only need little energy.

on modern aeroplanes, electrically powered thermal devices are used as


de-icing devices for pitot-tubes, static ports and windshield.

215 21.1.1.6.2 input and output data, signals Typ: MC 756 AviaExam4881 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

Given:
- Ts the static temperature (SAT)
- Tt the total temperature (TAT)
- Kr the recovery coefficient
- M the Mach number
The total temperature can be expressed approximately by the formula:

Tt = Ts(1+0.2 M²)

Tt = Ts(1-0.2 M²)

Tt = Ts(1+0.2 Kr.M²)

Tt = Ts/(1+0.2 Kr.M²)
TM-Editor 25.04.2016
020-Aircraft General Knowledge A .LTM Seite 66

216 20.1.9.3 Anti-ice systems Typ: MC 86 AviaExam904 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

The elements specifically protected against icing on transport aircraft are:

1) engine air intake and pod.


2) front glass shield.
3) radome.
4) pitot tubes and waste water exhaust masts.
5) leading edge of wing.
6) cabin windows.
7) trailing edge of wings.
8) electronic equipment compartment.

The combination regrouping all the correct statements is:

1, 2, 4, 5

1, 4, 5, 7

1, 2, 5, 6

1, 2, 3, 8

217 21.2.4 Yaw damper Typ: MC 758 AviaExam5023 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

The Yaw Damper system:

1 - counters any wrong pilot action on the rudder pedals;


2 - counters dutch roll;
3 - is active only when autopilot is engaged.

The combination regrouping all the correct statements are:

2.

1, 2, 3.

1, 2.

2, 3.
TM-Editor 25.04.2016
020-Aircraft General Knowledge A .LTM Seite 67

218 20.1.5 Landing Gear Typ: MC 223 AviaExam5026 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

The damping element in a landing gear shock absorber used on large


aircrafts is:

Oil.

Nitrogen.

Oxygen.

Springs.

219 20.1.11.1 Fuel tanks Typ: MC 89 AviaExam970 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

The automatic fuelling shut off valve:

stops fuelling as soon as a certain fuel level is reached inside the tank.

cuts off the fuel in case of engine fire.

stops fuelling as soon as the fuel spills into the vent line.

stops fuelling as soon as a certain pressure is reached.

220 20.2.1.3 Magnetism Typ: MC 228 AviaExam5050 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

A relay is:

An electromagnetically operated switch.

An electrical security switch.

A switch specially designed for AC circuits.

An electrical energy conversion unit.

221 20.2.1.6 Inverter (applications) Typ: MC 233 AviaExam5062 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

The reason for using inverters in an electrical system is ..

To change DC into AC.

To change the DC voltage.

To change AC into DC.

To avoid a short circuit.


TM-Editor 25.04.2016
020-Aircraft General Knowledge A .LTM Seite 68

222 20.1.11.2 Fuel feed Typ: MC 90 AviaExam979 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

During re-fuelling the automatic shut-off valves will switch off the fuel supply
system when:

the fuel has reached a predetermined volume or mass.

fuelling system has reached a certain pressure.

the surge vent tank is filled.

there is fire.

223 20.2.1.4 Generators Typ: MC 234 AviaExam5064 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

The essential difference between aircraft AC alternators and DC generators


(dynamos) is that the:

induced (output) windings of the alternators are fixed (stator), and the
dynamos have a fixed inductor (field) coil.

induced windings of the alternators are rotating (rotor), and the


dynamos have a rotary inductor coil.

alternators supply all of the output current through the commutators and
brush assemblies.

The alternators generate much less power than DC generators.

224 20.1.11.4 Fuel system monitoring Typ: MC 91 AviaExam980 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

020-003.jpg
The diagram shown in annex represents a jet fuel system. The fuel-flow
measurement is carried out:

after high pressure valve (item 4).

in the fuel control unit (item 3).

after high pressure pump first stage (item 2).

after low pressure valve (item 1).


TM-Editor 25.04.2016
020-Aircraft General Knowledge A .LTM Seite 69

225 20.3.4.4 Fuel system Typ: MC 92 AviaExam981 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

The purpose of the barometric correction in a fuel controller is to:

maintain the correct fuel to air mass ratio when the altitude increases.

reduce the fuel to air mass ratio when the altitude increases.

increase the fuel to air mass ratio when the altitude increases.

maintain a constant fuel flow whatever the altitude is.

226 21.1.1.1.3 malfunction Typ: MC 759 AviaExam5241 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

A blocked pitot head with a clear static source causes the airspeed indicator
to:

react like an altimeter.

read like a vertical speed indicator.

operate normally.

freeze at zero.

227 21.1.1.1.3 malfunction Typ: MC 760 AviaExam5242 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

A pitot tube covered by ice which blocks the ram air inlet will affect the
following instrument (s):

airspeed indicator only.

altimeter only.

vertical speed indicator only.

airspeed indicator, altimeter and vertical speed indicator.

228 20.1.9.3 Anti-ice systems Typ: MC 251 AviaExam5297 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

The ice protection system currently used for the most modern jet aeroplanes
is the

Hot air system.

Pneumatic system with expandable boots.

Liquid de-icing system.

Electrical de-icing system.


TM-Editor 25.04.2016
020-Aircraft General Knowledge A .LTM Seite 70

229 20.1.9.3 Anti-ice systems Typ: MC 252 AviaExam5298 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

During flight, the wing anti-ice system has to protect

a part of the whole leading edge.

the whole upper wing surface and the flaps.

slats and the leading edge flaps only.

the whole leading edge and the whole upper wing surface.

230 20.1.9.3 Anti-ice systems Typ: MC 253 AviaExam5300 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

In jet aeroplanes the 'thermal anti-ice system' is primarily supplied by

bleed air from the engines.

turbo compressors.

ram air, heated via a heat exchanger.

the APU.

231 21.2.1 Flight Director Typ: MC 702 AviaExam1665 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

Flight Director Information supplied by an FD computer is presented in the


form of command bars on the following instrument:

ADI Attitude Director Indicator.

BDHI Bearing Distance Heading Indicator.

RMI Radio Magnetic Indicator.

HSI Horizontal Situation Indicator.

232 20.1.9.3 Anti-ice systems Typ: MC 254 AviaExam5303 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

The de-icing system which is mostly used for the wings of modern turboprop
aeroplanes is:

Pneumatic boots.

Electrical heating.

Thermal anti-icing.

Fluid de-icing.
TM-Editor 25.04.2016
020-Aircraft General Knowledge A .LTM Seite 71

233 20.1.9.3 Anti-ice systems Typ: MC 255 AviaExam5304 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

The ice protection for propellers of modern turboprop aeroplanes works

electrically.

pneumatically.

with hot air.

with anti-icing fluid.

234 20.2.2.3 AC power distribution Typ: MC 94 AviaExam1940 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

When the AC generators are connected in parallel, the reactive loads are
balanced by means of the:

energizing current.

frequency.

voltage.

torque of the Constant Speed Drive (CSD).

235 20.3.1.6 Engine performance Typ: MC 270 AviaExam5354 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

The conditions under which you obtain the highest engine power are:

cold and dry air at high pressure.

warm and humid air at low pressure.

cold and humid air at high pressure.

warm and dry air at high pressure.


TM-Editor 25.04.2016
020-Aircraft General Knowledge A .LTM Seite 72

236 20.2.2.2 Generators Typ: MC 98 AviaExam1956 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

In an AC power generation system, the Constant Speed Drive (CSD):

1 - can be disconnected from the drive shaft.


2 - can be disconnected from the generator.
3 - is a hydro-mechanical system.
4 - is an electronic system.
5 - can not be disconnected during flight.
6 - can be disconnected during flight.

The combination regrouping all the correct statements is:

1, 3, 6

1, 2, 5

2, 3, 4

1, 4, 5

237 20.3.1.1 General Typ: MC 287 AviaExam5380 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

The crank assembly consists of

crankshaft, connecting rods and pistons.

propeller, crankshaft, pistons and connecting rods.

Crankcase, crankshaft, connecting rods and pistons.

crankshaft, camshaft, valves, valve springs and push rods.

238 20.3.1.5 Engine fuel supply Typ: MC 290 AviaExam5386 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

The ventilation system in a fuel tank:

prevents low pressure or overpressure in the tank.

can be used to drain the tanks, for daily checks.

It prevents a surge in the tank of an iced aeroplane.

prevents vapour lock in the fuel lines.


TM-Editor 25.04.2016
020-Aircraft General Knowledge A .LTM Seite 73

239 20.3.1.5 Engine fuel supply Typ: MC 291 AviaExam5387 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

The fuel tanks of aircrafts must be checked for water

before the first flight of the day or after a long turnaround time.

immediately after every refuelling.

during refuelling.

before each flight.

240 20.3.1.5 Engine fuel supply Typ: MC 292 AviaExam5388 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

The task of the primer pump is to

provide additional fuel for an engine start.

serve as an alternate pump in case of an engine driven pump failure.

to serve as main supply pump in a fuel injection system.

inject additional fuel during engine acceleration.

241 20.2.2.3 AC power distribution Typ: MC 110 AviaExam2954 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

When the AC generators are connected in parallel, the reactive loads are
balanced by means of the:

excitation current.

frequency or load controller.

voltage controller.

torque of the Constant Speed Drive (CSD).

242 20.2.2.2 Generators Typ: MC 111 AviaExam2955 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

The power required for field excitation of the main rotor in modern
constant-frequency alternators is directly controlled by:

the voltage regulator.

an excitation alternator with a permanent magnet generator.

an AC generator.

a battery.
TM-Editor 25.04.2016
020-Aircraft General Knowledge A .LTM Seite 74

243 20.3.1.2 Lubrication system Typ: MC 293 AviaExam5391 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

Viscosity is

the resistance of a gas or liquid to flow.

the temperature dependence of an oil.

Viscosity is the pressure resistance of an oil.

the flow velocity inside the oil lines.

244 20.2.2.2 Generators Typ: MC 112 AviaExam2956 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

The alternators, when connected, are usually connected:

In parallel mode.

In series mode.

Dependant on the type of generator.

Dependant on the type of engine.

245 20.2.5.3 Wave propagation Typ: MC 295 AviaExam5493 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

Skip distance is the:

range from the transmitter to the first sky wave

highest critical frequency distance

wavelength distance of a certain frequency

thickness of the ionosphere

246 20.3.1.1 General Typ: MC 298 AviaExam5542 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

In a four-stroke piston engine, the only "driving" stroke is:

power

induction

compression

exhaust
TM-Editor 25.04.2016
020-Aircraft General Knowledge A .LTM Seite 75

247 20.2.1.6 Inverter (applications) Typ: MC 113 AviaExam2957 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

Alternating current can be derived from direct current by:

an inverter.

a series wound motor.

an alternating current motor.

the use of relays.

248 20.1.6.2 Secondary controls lift augmentation Typ: MC 302 AviaExam5550 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

On an aircraft, the Krueger flap is a:

leading edge flap

trailing edge flap

leading edge flap close to the wing root

leading edge flap close to the wing tip

249 20.4.6 Emergency equipment Typ: MC 114 AviaExam2960 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

In a pressurized transport aircraft, the protective breathing equipment:

protects the members of the crew against smoke and noxious gases.

gives medical assistance to certain passengers with respiratory


disorders.

protects all the occupants against the effects of accidental


depressurization.

protects the members of the crew against the effects of accidental


depressurization.

250 20.4.5 Aircraft oxygen equipment Typ: MC 115 AviaExam2961 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

When quick donning masks are in use, the pilot is:

able to radiotelephone.

only able to receive.

only able to transmit.

not able to do any radio communication.


TM-Editor 25.04.2016
020-Aircraft General Knowledge A .LTM Seite 76

251 21.1.1.3 Airspeed indicator Typ: MC 764 AviaExam5562 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

VFE is the maximum speed:

with the flaps extended in a given position.

with the flaps extended in landing position.

at which the flaps can be operated in turbulence.

with the flaps extended in take-off position.

252 20.4.3 Fire detection Typ: MC 116 AviaExam2963 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

A fault protection circuit in a fire detection system will:

inhibit the fire detector when the detection line is connected to ground.

activate the fire detection system when the detection line is connected
to ground.

automatically initiate APU shutdown and fire extinguisher striker


activation in the event of fire.

activate an alarm in the cockpit and in the landing gear bay for ground
crew.

253 21.1.3 Magnetic compass Typ: MC 765 AviaExam5564 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

During deceleration following a landing in an easterly direction, a magnetic


compass made for the northern hemisphere indicates:

an apparent turn to the south.

an apparent turn to the north.

no apparent turn.

no apparent turn only on northern latitudes.


TM-Editor 25.04.2016
020-Aircraft General Knowledge A .LTM Seite 77

254 20.4.3 Fire detection Typ: MC 117 AviaExam2964 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

In a fire detection system with single-loop continuous components (with no


fault protection), if the line is accidentally grounded:

the fire alarm is triggered.

the power supply is cut off automatically.

there will be no effect on the system

the engine fire extinguisher striker is automatically activated.

255 21.1.3 Magnetic compass Typ: MC 766 AviaExam5565 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

During deceleration following a landing in a northerly direction, a magnetic


compass made for the southern hemisphere indicates:

no apparent turn.

an apparent turn to the east.

an apparent turn to the west.

no apparent turn only on southern latitudes.

256 21.1.3 Magnetic compass Typ: MC 767 AviaExam5566 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

During deceleration following a landing in a southerly direction, a magnetic


compass made for the northern hemisphere indicates:

no apparent turn.

an apparent turn to the east.

an apparent turn to the west.

no apparent turn only on northern latitudes.

257 20.4.3 Fire detection Typ: MC 118 AviaExam2965 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

When a continuous loop wire type fire detection system is tested:

the wiring and the warning are tested.

only the warning function is tested.

a part of the wire is heated.

the whole wire is heated.


TM-Editor 25.04.2016
020-Aircraft General Knowledge A .LTM Seite 78

258 20.4.5 Aircraft oxygen equipment Typ: MC 119 AviaExam2978 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

What is breathed in when using a passenger oxygen mask?

Cabin air and oxygen.

100% oxygen.

Cabin air and oxygen or 100% oxygen.

A mixture of oxygen and freon gas.

259 21.1.3 Magnetic compass Typ: MC 768 AviaExam5567 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

During deceleration following a landing in a westerly direction, a magnetic


compass made for the southern hemisphere indicates:

an apparent turn to the north.

an apparent turn to the south.

no apparent turn.

no apparent turn only on southern latitudes.

260 20.3.1.1 General Typ: MC 122 AviaExam3070 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

The correct formula to calculate the total displacement of a multi-cylinder


piston engine is:

piston area * piston stroke * number of cylinders

piston area * piston stroke

cylinder volume * number of cylinders

cylinder length * cylinder diameter

261 21.1.3 Magnetic compass Typ: MC 769 AviaExam5568 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

During deceleration following a landing in a westerly direction, a magnetic


compass made for the northern hemisphere indicates:

an apparent turn to the south.

an apparent turn to the north.

no apparent turn.

no apparent turn only on northern latitudes.


TM-Editor 25.04.2016
020-Aircraft General Knowledge A .LTM Seite 79

262 21.1.3 Magnetic compass Typ: MC 770 AviaExam5569 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

During deceleration following a landing in an easterly direction, a magnetic


compass made for the southern hemisphere indicates:

an apparent turn to the north.

an apparent turn to the south.

no apparent turn.

no apparent turn only on southern latitudes.

263 21.1.3 Magnetic compass Typ: MC 774 AviaExam5579 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

A pilot wishes to turn right on to a southerly heading with 20° bank at a


latitude of 20° North. Using a direct reading compass, in order to achieve this
he must stop the turn on an approximate heading of:

200°

150°

170°

180°

264 21.1.3 Magnetic compass Typ: MC 775 AviaExam5580 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

A pilot wishes to turn left on to a southerly heading with 20° bank at a latitude
of 20° North. Using a direct reading compass, in order to achieve this he must
stop the turn on an approximate heading of:

160°

200°

170°

190°
TM-Editor 25.04.2016
020-Aircraft General Knowledge A .LTM Seite 80

265 21.1.3 Magnetic compass Typ: MC 776 AviaExam5581 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

A pilot wishes to turn left on to a northerly heading with 10° bank at a latitude
of 50° North. Using a direct reading compass, in order to achieve this he must
stop the turn on an approximate heading of:

030°

355°

330°

015°

266 21.1.3 Magnetic compass Typ: MC 777 AviaExam5582 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

A pilot wishes to turn right through 90° on to North at rate 2 at latitude of 40


North using a direct reading compass. In order to achieve this the turn should
be stopped on an indicated heading of approximately:

330°

360°

030°

010°

267 21.1.3 Magnetic compass Typ: MC 778 AviaExam5584 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

The compass heading can be derived from the magnetic heading by reference
to a:

compass deviation card

map showing the isoclinic lines

magnetic variation correction card

map showing the isogonic lines


TM-Editor 25.04.2016
020-Aircraft General Knowledge A .LTM Seite 81

268 21.1.3 Magnetic compass Typ: MC 779 AviaExam5585 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

The magnetic heading can be derived from the true heading by means of a:

map showing the isogonal lines

map showing the isoclinic lines

deviation correction curve

compass swinging curve

269 20.3.1.4 Ignition Typ: MC 305 AviaExam6415 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

If the ground wire between the magnetos and the ignition switch becomes
disconnected the most noticeable result will be that:

the engine cannot be shut down by turning the ignition switch to the
"OFF" position

a still operating engine will run down

the engine cannot be started with the ignition switch in the "ON"
position

the power developed by the engine will be strongly reduced

270 20.3.1.9 Mixture Typ: MC 308 AviaExam6430 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

The main purpose of the mixture control is to:

adjust the fuel flow to obtain the correct fuel/air ratio.

decrease the air supplied to the engine.

increase the oxygen supplied to the engine.

decrease the oxygen supplied to the engine.

271 20.3.1.5 Engine fuel supply Typ: MC 309 AviaExam6431 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

In which sections of the carburettor would icing most likely occur?

venturi and the throttle valve

float chamber and fuel inlet filter

accelerator pump and main metering jet

main air bleed and main discharge nozzle


TM-Editor 25.04.2016
020-Aircraft General Knowledge A .LTM Seite 82

272 20.3.1.5 Engine fuel supply Typ: MC 310 AviaExam6432 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

The operating principle of float-type carburettors is based on the:

difference in air pressure at the venturi throat and the air inlet

automatic metering of air at the venturi as the aircraft gains altitude

increase in air velocity in the throat of a venturi causing an increase in


air pressure

measurement of the fuel flow into the induction system

273 20.3.1.5 Engine fuel supply Typ: MC 311 AviaExam6433 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

In an engine equipped with a float-type carburettor, the low temperature that


causes carburettor ice is normally the result of:

vaporization of fuel and expansion of the air in the carburettor

freezing temperature of the air entering the carburettor

compression of air at the carburettor venturi

low volatility of aviation fuel

274 20.3.1.9 Mixture Typ: MC 312 AviaExam6435 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

Fuel/air ratio is the ratio between the:

mass of fuel and mass of air entering the cylinder.

volume of fuel and volume of air entering the carburettor.

volume of fuel and volume of air entering the cylinder.

mass of fuel and mass of air entering the carburettor


TM-Editor 25.04.2016
020-Aircraft General Knowledge A .LTM Seite 83

275 20.3.1.5 Engine fuel supply Typ: MC 313 AviaExam6436 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

Which statement is correct concerning the effect of the application of


carburettor heat?

The density of the air entering the carburettor is reduced, thus enriching
the fuel/air mixture.

The volume of air entering the carburettor is reduced, thus leaning the
fuel/air mixture.

The density of the air entering the carburettor is reduced, thus leaning
the fuel/air mixture.

The volume of air entering the carburettor is reduced, thus enriching the
fuel/air mixture.

276 20.3.1.5 Engine fuel supply Typ: MC 315 AviaExam6439 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

Vapour lock is:

vaporizing of fuel prior to reaching the carburettor

the formation of water vapour in a fuel system

vaporizing of fuel in the carburettor

the inability of a fuel to vaporize in the carburettor

277 20.3.1.9 Mixture Typ: MC 103 AviaExam3114 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

Max. Exhaust Gas Temperature is theoretically associated with:

Mass ratio of 1/15.

Cruising mixture setting.

Full rich setting.

Mixture ratio very close to idle cut-out.


TM-Editor 25.04.2016
020-Aircraft General Knowledge A .LTM Seite 84

278 20.3.1.7 Power augmentation devices Typ: MC 317 AviaExam6451 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

The primary purpose of a supercharger is to:

maintain power at altitude

increase quantity of fuel at metering jet

provide leaner mixtures at altitudes below 5000 ft

provide a richer mixture at high altitudes

279 20.3.1.9 Mixture Typ: MC 318 AviaExam6452 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

An excessively rich mixture can be detected by:

black smoke from exhaust.

high cylinder head temperatures

white smoke from exhaust.

a long purple flame from exhaust.

280 20.1.3 Wings Typ: MC 105 AviaExam3525 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

The wing of an aircraft in flight, powered by engines located under the wing,
is subjected to a bending moment due to thrust and drag. The loading on the
front spar of the torsion box from the wing root to the wing tip is:

compression, and then tension.

tension, and then compression.

tension.

compression.

281 21.1.4 Radio Altimeter Typ: MC 785 AviaExam6462 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

The operation of the radio altimeter of a modern aircraft is based on:

frequency modulation of the carrier wave.

amplitude modulation of the carrier wave.

pulse modulation of the carrier wave.

a combination of frequency modulation and pulse modulation.


TM-Editor 25.04.2016
020-Aircraft General Knowledge A .LTM Seite 85

282 20.2.2.3 AC power distribution Typ: MC 137 AviaExam3798 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

When a persistent underexcitation fault is detected on an AC generator


connected to the aircraft mains with another AC generator, the protection
device opens:

the exciter control relay, the generator breaker and the tie breaker.

the tie breaker.

the generator breaker and the tie breaker.

the generator control relay and the generator breaker.

283 21.1.2.2 Directional gyro Typ: MC 786 AviaExam6463 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

An airborne instrument, equipped with a gyro with 2 degrees of freedom and a


horizontal spin axis is:

NB: the degree(s) of freedom of a gyro does not take into account its rotor
spin axis.

a directional gyro

an artificial horizon

a turn indicator

a fluxgate compass

284 20.2.2.3 AC power distribution Typ: MC 138 AviaExam3803 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

On detection of a persistent phase unbalance on an AC generator connected


to the aircraft mains, with another AC generator, the protection device opens:

the tie breaker.

the generator breaker and the tie breaker.

the generator breaker.

the exciter control relay and the generator breaker.


TM-Editor 25.04.2016
020-Aircraft General Knowledge A .LTM Seite 86

285 21.1.2.5 Turn and bank indicator (rate gyro) Typ: MC 787 AviaExam6469 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

An airborne instrument, equipped with a gyro with 1 degree of freedom and a


horizontal spin axis is a:

NB: the degree(s) of freedom of a gyro does not take into account its rotor
spin axis.

turn indicator

gyromagnetic compass

fluxgate compass

directional gyro

286 20.2.1.6 Inverter (applications) Typ: MC 139 AviaExam3805 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

A static converter is powered by:

direct current on input, alternating current output.

alternating current on input, alternating current on output.

direct current on input, direct current on output.

alternating current on input, direct current on output.

287 21.1.2.5 Turn and bank indicator (rate gyro) Typ: MC 788 AviaExam6478 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

In a turn at a constant angle of bank, the turn indicator reading is:

inversely proportional to the aircraft true airspeed

proportional to the aircraft true airspeed

independent to the aircraft true airspeed

proportional to the aircraft weight


TM-Editor 25.04.2016
020-Aircraft General Knowledge A .LTM Seite 87

288 20.2.2.3 AC power distribution Typ: MC 140 AviaExam3806 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

In an aircraft electrical system where AC generators are not paralleled


mounted, the changeover relay allows:

power supply to the faulty AC generators busbar.

connection of the AC generator to its distribution busbar.

connection of the ground power truck to its distribution busbar.

connection of the Auxiliary Power Unit (APU) to its main busbar.

289 21.1.2.5 Turn and bank indicator (rate gyro) Typ: MC 789 AviaExam6483 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

At a low bank angle, the measurement of rate-of-turn actually consists in


measuring the:

yaw rate of the aircraft.

pitch rate of the aircraft.

roll rate of the aircraft.

bank of the aircraft.

290 20.2.2.3 AC power distribution Typ: MC 141 AviaExam3808 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

Pulling the fire shutoff handle causes a number of devices to disconnect. In


respect of the AC generator it can be said that the:

exciter control relay and the generator breaker open.

exciter control relay opens.

generator breaker opens.

exciter control relay, the generator breaker and the tie breaker open.

291 21.1.2.5 Turn and bank indicator (rate gyro) Typ: MC 790 AviaExam6484 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

The rate-of-turn is the:

change-of-heading rate of the aircraft

yaw rate in a turn

aircraft speed in a turn

pitch rate in a turn


TM-Editor 25.04.2016
020-Aircraft General Knowledge A .LTM Seite 88

292 21.1.2.5 Turn and bank indicator (rate gyro) Typ: MC 791 AviaExam6485 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

On the ground, during a right turn, the turn indicator indicates:

needle to the right, ball to left

needle to the right, ball to right

needle in the middle, ball to right

needle in the middle, ball to left

293 20.3.3.2.2 construction and mode of operation Typ: MC 144 AviaExam3812 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

In the axial flow compressor of a turbo-jet engine, the flow duct is tapered. Its
shape is calculated so as to:

maintain a constant axial speed in cruising flight.

maintain a constant axial speed whatever the engine rating.

reduce the axial speed in cruising flight.

reduce the axial speed, whatever the engine rating.

294 21.1.2.5 Turn and bank indicator (rate gyro) Typ: MC 792 AviaExam6486 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

On the ground, during a left turn, the turn indicator indicates:

needle to the left, ball to the right

needle to the left, ball to the left

needle in the middle, ball to the right

needle in the middle, ball to the left


TM-Editor 25.04.2016
020-Aircraft General Knowledge A .LTM Seite 89

295 20.2.1.7 The aircraft structure as an electr. conductor Typ: MC 147 AviaExam3819 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

Electrical bonding of an aircraft is used to:

1. protect the aircraft against lightning effects.


2. reset the electrostatic potential of the aircraft to a value approximating 0
volt
3. reduce radio interference on radio communication systems
4. set the aircraft to a single potential

The combination regrouping all the correct statements is:

1, 3, 4

1, 2, 3

3, 4

2, 4

296 21.1.2.5 Turn and bank indicator (rate gyro) Typ: MC 793 AviaExam6487 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

When, in flight, the needle and ball of a needle-and-ball indicator are on the
left, the aircraft is:

turning left with too much bank

turning left with not enough bank

turning right with too much bank

turning right with not enough bank

297 20.3.4.7 Thrust Typ: MC 148 AviaExam3822 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

The Engine Pressure Ratio (EPR) is the ratio of:

the total turbine outlet pressure to the total compressor inlet pressure.

the total turbine outlet pressure to the total compressor outlet pressure.

the total turbine inlet pressure to the total compressor inlet pressure.

the total turbine inlet pressure to the total compressor outlet pressure.
TM-Editor 25.04.2016
020-Aircraft General Knowledge A .LTM Seite 90

298 21.1.2.5 Turn and bank indicator (rate gyro) Typ: MC 794 AviaExam6488 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

When, in flight, the needle and ball of a needle-and-ball indicator are on the
right, the aircraft is:

turning right with too much bank

turning right with not enough bank

turning left with too much bank

turning left with not enough bank

299 21.1.2.5 Turn and bank indicator (rate gyro) Typ: MC 795 AviaExam6489 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

When, in flight, the needle of a needle-and-ball indicator is on the right and


the ball on the left, the aircraft is:

turning right with not enough bank

turning right with too much bank

turning left with not enough bank

turning left with too much bank

300 21.4.2 Temperature gauge Typ: MC 704 AviaExam3824 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

A thermocouple type thermometer consists of:

two metal conductors of different type connected at two points.

two metal conductors of the same type connected at two points.

a Wheatstone bridge connected to a voltage indicator.

a single-wire metal winding.

301 21.1.2.5 Turn and bank indicator (rate gyro) Typ: MC 796 AviaExam6490 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

When, in flight, the needle of a needle-and-ball indicator is on the left and the
ball on the right, the aircraft is:

turning left with not enough bank

turning left with too much bank

turning right with not enough bank

turning right with too much bank


TM-Editor 25.04.2016
020-Aircraft General Knowledge A .LTM Seite 91

302 21.4.3 RPM indicator Typ: MC 705 AviaExam3827 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

The disadvantage of an electronic rpm indicator is the:

necessity of providing a power supply source.

generation of spurious signals at the commutator.

influence of temperature on the indication.

high influence of line resistance on the indication.

303 21.4.5 Fuel gauge Typ: MC 706 AviaExam3831 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

The principle of capacity gauges is based on the:

capacitance variation of a given capacitor with the type of dielectric.

current variation in the Wheatstone bridge.

capacitance variation by the volume measurement carried out on the


sensor.

flow rate and torque variation occurring in a supply line.

304 20.3.1.12 Operational criteria Typ: MC 321 AviaExam6592 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

Pre-ignition refers to the condition that may arise when:

the mixture is ignited by abnormal conditions within the cylinder before


the spark occurs at the plug

the mixture is ignited before the piston has reached top dead centre.

a rich mixture is ignited by the sparking plugs.

the sparking plug ignites the mixture too early.

305 20.3.1.9 Mixture Typ: MC 322 AviaExam6594 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

Overheating of a piston engine is likely to result from an excessively:

weak mixture.

rich mixture.

low barometric pressure.

high barometric pressure.


TM-Editor 25.04.2016
020-Aircraft General Knowledge A .LTM Seite 92

306 20.3.1.1 General Typ: MC 325 AviaExam6597 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

The working cycle of a four-stroke engine is:

induction, compression, power, exhaust.

induction, power, compression, exhaust.

compression induction, power, exhaust.

induction, compression, expansion, power.

307 20.3.1.9 Mixture Typ: MC 326 AviaExam6598 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

Specific fuel consumption is defined as the:

mass of fuel required to produce unit power for unit time.

designed fuel consumption for a given rpm.

quantity of fuel required to run the engine for one minute at maximum
operating conditions.

maximum fuel consumption of the aircraft.

308 20.3.1.4 Ignition Typ: MC 328 AviaExam6600 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

The purpose of an ignition switch is to:

control the primary circuit of the magneto

connect the secondary coil to the distributor

connect the battery to the magneto

connect the contact breaker and condenser in series with the primary
coil

309 20.3.4.5 Lubrication Typ: MC 340 AviaExam6616 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

The reason for having a low pressure fuel-cooled oil cooler in a recirculatory
type oil system is to:

cool the oil and heat the fuel.

cool the oil only.

cool both the oil and the fuel.

heat the fuel only.


TM-Editor 25.04.2016
020-Aircraft General Knowledge A .LTM Seite 93

310 20.1.1 Fuselage Typ: MC 165 AviaExam3865 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

The purpose of stringers, used in fuselage construction, is to:

assist the skin in absorbing the longitudinal traction-compression


stresses.

withstand the shear stresses.

provide sound and thermal isolation.

integrate the strains due to pressurization to which the skin is subjected


and convert them into a tensile stress.

311 20.3.1.1 General Typ: MC 343 AviaExam6620 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

The compression ratio of a piston engine is the ratio of the:

volume of the cylinder with the piston at bottom dead centre to that with
the piston at top dead centre.

diameter of the bore to the piston stroke.

area of the piston to the cylinder volume.

weight of the air induced to its weight after compression.

312 20.3.1.4 Ignition Typ: MC 344 AviaExam6621 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

Prolonged running at low rpm can have an adverse effect on the functioning
of the:

spark plugs.

carburettor.

oil pump.

fuel filter.
TM-Editor 25.04.2016
020-Aircraft General Knowledge A .LTM Seite 94

313 20.3.1.5 Engine fuel supply Typ: MC 345 AviaExam6623 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

The purpose of the venturi in a carburettor is to:

create the suction necessary to cause fuel to flow through the


carburettor main jets.

prevent enrichment of the mixture due to high air velocity through the
carburettor.

ensure complete atomisation of the fuel before entering the injection


system.

create a rise in pressure at the throat before the mixture enters the
induction system.

314 20.1.11.4 Fuel system monitoring Typ: MC 239 AviaExam5085 10/5/1995 Pkt.: 1.00

The capacitance type fuel gauging system indicates the fuel quantity by
measuring the:

dielectric change between fuel and air.

density variation of the fuel.

resistivity variation of the fuel.

electrical resistance change.

315 20.3.1.2 Lubrication system Typ: MC 349 AviaExam6628 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

The reading on the oil pressure gauge is the:

pressure of the oil on the outlet side of the pressure pump.

difference between the pressure pump pressure and the scavenge pump
pressure.

pressure in the oil tank reservoir.

pressure of the oil on the inlet side of the pressure pump.


TM-Editor 25.04.2016
020-Aircraft General Knowledge A .LTM Seite 95

316 20.2.1.6 Inverter (applications) Typ: MC 365 AviaExam6649 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

In an aircraft equipped with a DC main power system, AC for instrument


operation may be obtained from:

an inverter.

a rectifier.

a contactor.

a TRU.

317 20.2.1.4 Generators Typ: MC 166 AviaExam3883 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

The conditions to be met to activate a shunt generator are:


1. presence of a permanent field
2. closed electrical circuit
3. generator terminals short-circuited
4. minimum rotation speed

The combination of correct statements is:

1, 4

1, 2

1, 3

2, 3

318 20.2.1.3 Magnetism Typ: MC 366 AviaExam6650 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

If a current is passed through a conductor which is positioned in a magnetic


field:

a force will be exerted on the conductor.

the current will increase.

there will be no effect unless the conductor is moved.

the intensity of the magnetic field will decrease.


TM-Editor 25.04.2016
020-Aircraft General Knowledge A .LTM Seite 96

319 20.3.3.2.4 compressor stall and surge Typ: MC 168 AviaExam3905 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

The compressor surge effect during acceleration is prevented by the:

Fuel Control Unit (F.C.U.).

inlet guide vanes.

surge bleed valves.

variable setting type nozzle guide vanes.

320 20.2.1.5 Distribution Typ: MC 371 AviaExam6656 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

A bus-bar is:

a distribution point for electrical power.

a device permitting operation of two or more switches together.

the stator of a moving coil instrument.

a device which may only be used in DC circuits.

321 20.4.5 Aircraft oxygen equipment Typ: MC 169 AviaExam3919 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

Consider the flight deck oxygen supply system. The purpose of the oxygen
regulator (as a function of demand and altitude) is to:

1. decrease oxygen pressure from 1800 PSI (in the bottles) down to about
50-75 PSI (low pressure system)
2. supply pure oxygen
3. supply diluted oxygen
4. supply oxygen at normal pressure
5. supply oxygen at emergency/positive pressure
6. trigger the continuous cabin altitude warning at 10000 ft cabin altitude

The combination regrouping all the correct statements is:

2, 3, 4, 5

3, 4, 5, 6

1, 2, 3, 4

1, 3, 4, 6
TM-Editor 25.04.2016
020-Aircraft General Knowledge A .LTM Seite 97

322 20.2.1.2 Batteries Typ: MC 376 AviaExam6666 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

When carrying out battery condition check using the aircraft's voltmeter:

a load should be applied to the battery in order to give a better indication


of condition.

no load should be applied to the battery because it would depress the


voltage.

the battery should be isolated.

the load condition is unimportant.

323 20.2.1.2 Batteries Typ: MC 377 AviaExam6667 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

Connecting two 12 volt 40 ampere-hour capacity batteries in series will result


in a total voltage and capacity respectively of:

24 volts, 40 ampere-hours.

12 volts, 40 ampere-hours.

24 volts, 80 ampere-hours.

12 volts, 80 ampere-hours.

324 20.4.5 Aircraft oxygen equipment Typ: MC 170 AviaExam3923 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

A diluter demand oxygen regulator:

delivers oxygen flow when inhaling.

delivers oxygen flow only above FL 100.

is only recommended for use with smoke in the cockpit.

mixes air and oxygen in a passenger oxygen mask.

325 20.3.2.2 Types of construction Typ: MC 171 AviaExam3928 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

By-pass turbine engines are mainly used in commercial aviation, because:

at high subsonic airspeeds they have a better propulsive efficiency than


propeller or straight jet engines.

twin spool or triple spool jet engines require a high by pass ratio.

they produce less noise.

they are lighter than straight jet engines.


TM-Editor 25.04.2016
020-Aircraft General Knowledge A .LTM Seite 98

326 20.2.2.2 Generators Typ: MC 380 AviaExam6670 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

The purpose of a voltage regulator is to control the output voltage of the:

generator at varying loads and speeds.

batteries at varying loads.

generators at varying speeds and the batteries at varying loads.

TRU.

327 20.2.1.7 The aircraft structure as an electr. conductor Typ: MC 382 AviaExam6673 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

The purpose of bonding the metallic parts of an aircraft is to:

provide safe distribution of electrical charges and currents.

provide a single earth for electrical devices.

prevent electrolytic corrosion between mating surfaces of similar


metals.

isolate all components electrically.

328 20.2.1.5 Distribution Typ: MC 173 AviaExam3935 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

To reverse the direction of rotation of shunt-type (parallel field) DC electric


motor, it is necessary to:

reverse the polarity of either the stator and the rotor.

reverse the polarity of the motor connections.

change the connections from shunt to series.

connect a phase-shift capacitor to the field circuit.

329 20.2.2.3 AC power distribution Typ: MC 211 AviaExam6679 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

When AC generators are operated in parallel, they must be of the same:

voltage and frequency.

amperage and kVAR.

voltage and amperage.

frequency and amperage.


TM-Editor 25.04.2016
020-Aircraft General Knowledge A .LTM Seite 99

330 20.3.3.2 Compressor Typ: MC 174 AviaExam3936 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

Below its design speed, an axial compressor:

has a tendency to surge in the front stages.

has a tendency to surge in the rear stages.

has a tendency to surge in the centre stages.

has no tendency to surge.

331 20.2.1.1 General Typ: MC 390 AviaExam6686 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

Regarding Ohm's law:

The current in a circuit is directly proportional to voltage.

The current in a circuit is directly proportional to the resistance of the


circuit.

The power in the circuit is inversely proportional to the square of the


current.

The current in a circuit is inversely proportional to voltage.

332 20.2.1.3 Magnetism Typ: MC 398 AviaExam6690 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

Circuit breakers protecting circuits may be:

used in AC and DC circuits.

used only in AC circuits.

used only in DC circuits.

reset at any time.


TM-Editor 25.04.2016
020-Aircraft General Knowledge A .LTM Seite 100

333 20.2.2.1 General Typ: MC 176 AviaExam3943 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

The advantages of alternating current on board an aircraft are:


1. simple connection
2. high starting torque
3. flexibility in use
4. lighter weight of equipment
5. easy to convert into direct current
6. easy maintenance of machines
The combination of correct statements is:

3, 4, 5, 6

1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6

1, 2, 3, 5, 6

1, 4, 6

334 20.2.1.4 Generators Typ: MC 177 AviaExam3944 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

Direct current generators are connected:

in parallel to provide maximum power.

in series to provide maximum power.

in series to provide maximum voltage.

in parallel to provide maximum voltage.

335 21.2.2 Autopilot Typ: MC 799 AviaExam6708 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

A closed loop control system in which a small power input controls a much
larger power output in a strictly proportionate manner is known as:

a servomechanism.

an amplifier.

a feedback control circuit.

an autopilot.
TM-Editor 25.04.2016
020-Aircraft General Knowledge A .LTM Seite 101

336 20.3.1.8 Fuel Typ: MC 537 AviaExam11461 11/21/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

A piston engine may use a fuel of a different grade than the recommended:

provided that the grade is higher

provided that the grade is lower

never

provided that it is an aeronautical petrol

337 20.1.11.1 Fuel tanks Typ: MC 410 AviaExam6720 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

Fire precautions to be observed before refuelling are:

All bonding and connections to the earth terminal between ground


equipment and the aircraft should be made before filler caps are
removed.

Ground Power Units (GPU) are not to be operated.

Passengers may be boarded (traversing the refuelling zone) providing


suitable fire extinguishers are readily available.

Aircraft must be more than 10 metres from radar or HF radio equipment


under test.

338 20.2.2.3 AC power distribution Typ: MC 179 AviaExam3946 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

On detection of a persistent overvoltage fault on an AC generator connected


to the aircraft AC busbars, the on-board protection device opens:

the exciter breaker and the generator breaker.

the exciter breaker, the generator breaker and tie breaker.

The generator breaker and tie breaker.

The generator breaker.


TM-Editor 25.04.2016
020-Aircraft General Knowledge A .LTM Seite 102

339 20.1.5 Landing Gear Typ: MC 411 AviaExam6723 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

"Nose wheel shimmy" may be described as:

a possibly damaging vibration of the nose wheel when moving on the


ground.

the oscillatory movement of the nose wheel when extended prior to


landing.

the amount of free movement of the nose wheel before steering takes
effect.

aircraft vibration caused by the nose wheel upon extension of the gear.

340 20.2.1.4.1 alternator Typ: MC 180 AviaExam3947 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

A feeder fault on a direct current circuit results from a flux unbalance between
the:

voltage coil and the series winding turn.

voltage coil and the series winding.

generator and the series winding turn.

shunt exciter and the series winding turn.

341 20.3.1.1 General Typ: MC 264 AviaExam5345 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

The useful work area in an ideal Otto engine indicator diagram is enclosed by
the following gas state change lines

2 adiabatic and 2 isochoric lines.

2 adiabatic and 1 isothermic lines.

2 adiabatic and 2 isobaric lines.

2 adiabatic, 1 isochoric and 1 isobaric lines.


TM-Editor 25.04.2016
020-Aircraft General Knowledge A .LTM Seite 103

342 20.3.5.1 General Typ: MC 412 AviaExam6725 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

A modern Auxiliary Power Unit (APU) is designed to provide power for ground
starting of an engine. It also supplies both in the air (subject to certification
limitations) and on the ground:

air conditioning and electrical services.

air conditioning and thrust in the event of engine failure.

either air conditioning or electrical services, but never both at the same
time.

air conditioning and electrical services (on the ground) electrical and
hydraulic back-up services (in the air).

343 20.3.1.1 General Typ: MC 265 AviaExam5347 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

Ignition occurs in each cylinder of a four stroke engine (TDC = Top Dead
Centre):

before TDC at each second crankshaft revolution.

before TDC at each crankshaft revolution.

behind TDC at each crankshaft revolution.

behind TDC at each second crankshaft revolution.

344 20.2.2.3.2 protection circuits, paralleling of AC-gen. Typ: MC 181 AviaExam3949 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

When a persistent top excitation limit fault on an AC generator connected to


the mains with another AC generator, the overexcitation protection device
opens:

the exciter breaker, the generator breaker and the tie breaker.

the tie breaker.

the exciter breaker and the generator breaker.

the generator breaker.


TM-Editor 25.04.2016
020-Aircraft General Knowledge A .LTM Seite 104

345 20.3.1.1 General Typ: MC 266 AviaExam5349 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

The power output of a piston engine can be calculated by:

Torque times RPM.

Work times velocity.

Force times distance.

Pressure times arm.

346 20.3.1.1 General Typ: MC 267 AviaExam5350 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

The power of a piston engine which will be measured by using a friction brake
is:

Brake horse power.

Friction horse power.

Heat loss power.

Indicated horse power.

347 20.3.1.5 Engine fuel supply Typ: MC 428 AviaExam6744 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

With respect to a piston engine aircraft, ice in the carburettor:

may form at OAT's higher than +10°C.

will only form at OAT's below +10°C.

will only form at outside air temperatures (OAT's) below the freezing
point of water.

will only form at OAT's below the freezing point of fuel.

348 20.2.2.3.2 protection circuits, paralleling of AC-gen. Typ: MC 183 AviaExam3952 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

When an underspeed fault is detected on an AC generator connected to the


aircraft AC busbar, the protection device opens the:

generator breaker.

exciter breaker.

exciter breaker and generator breaker.

exciter breaker, generator breaker and tie breaker.


TM-Editor 25.04.2016
020-Aircraft General Knowledge A .LTM Seite 105

349 20.3.1.6 Engine performance Typ: MC 269 AviaExam5353 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

The power of a piston engine decreases during a climb with a constant power
lever setting because of the decreasing:

air density.

engine temperature.

humidity.

temperature.

350 20.3.1.1 General Typ: MC 430 AviaExam6748 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

The part of a piston engine that transforms reciprocating movement into


rotary motion is termed the:

crankshaft

piston

camshaft

reduction gear

351 20.2.1.4.1 alternator Typ: MC 184 AviaExam3956 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

The voltage regulator of a DC generator is connected in:

series with the shunt field coil.

series with the armature.

parallel with the shunt field coil.

parallel with the armature.

352 20.3.1.11 Engine handling and manipulation Typ: MC 431 AviaExam6749 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

Which one of the following factors would be most likely to increase the
possibility of detonation occurring within a piston engine?

High cylinder head temperature.

The use of a fuel with a high octane rating as compared to the use of
one with a low octane rating.

Using an engine with a low compression ratio.

Slightly retarding the ignition timing.


TM-Editor 25.04.2016
020-Aircraft General Knowledge A .LTM Seite 106

353 20.3.1.9 Mixture Typ: MC 432 AviaExam6750 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

In a piston engine if the ratio of air to fuel, by weight, is approximately 9:1, the
mixture is said to be:

rich

weak

too weak to support combustion

normal

354 20.2.2.2.1 3-phase generator Typ: MC 185 AviaExam3957 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

On starting, in a brushless AC generator with no commutator rings, the


generator is activated by:

a set of permanent magnets.

the main field winding.

the stabilizer winding jointly with the voltage regulator.

the auxiliary winding.

355 20.3.1.5 Engine fuel supply Typ: MC 433 AviaExam6751 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

To ensure that the fuel flow is kept directly proportional to the mass of air
flowing through the choke, thus preventing the main jet supplying excessive
fuel as engine speed is increased, a carburettor is fitted with:

a diffuser

a power jet

an accelerator pump

a mixture control
TM-Editor 25.04.2016
020-Aircraft General Knowledge A .LTM Seite 107

356 20.2.1.2 Batteries Typ: MC 186 AviaExam3980 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

The capacity of an accumulator is:

The quantity of electricity that the battery can supply during discharge.

The number of cycles (charging and discharging) that a battery can


withstand without deterioration of its cells.

The no-load voltage of the battery multiplied by its rated output current.

The intensity withstood by the battery during charging.

357 20.3.1.2 Lubrication system Typ: MC 434 AviaExam6752 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

The oil system for a piston engine incorporates an oil cooler that is fitted:

in the return line to the oil tank after the oil has passed through the
scavenge pump

between the oil tank and the pressure pump

after the pressure pump but before the oil passes through the engine

after the oil has passed through the engine and before it enters the
sump

358 20.3.3.2 Compressor Typ: MC 187 AviaExam3988 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

The purpose of a compressor bleed valve is to prevent surging:

at low compressor rpm.

generated by foreign object ingestion.

of the first compressor stages.

with altitude.

359 21.4.2 Temperature gauge Typ: MC 800 AviaExam6754 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

In order to measure temperature, the cylinder head temperature (CHT) gauge


utilises a:

thermocouple consisting of two dissimilar metals.

wheatstone bridge circuit.

ratiometer circuit.

bourdon tube.
TM-Editor 25.04.2016
020-Aircraft General Knowledge A .LTM Seite 108

360 20.1.5 Landing Gear Typ: MC 188 AviaExam3995 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

Landing gear torque links are used to:

prevent rotation of the landing gear piston in the oleo strut.

take up the lateral stresses to which the gear is subjected.

prevent the extension of the landing gear oleo strut rod.

maintain the compass heading throughout taxiing and take-off.

361 20.3.1.9 Mixture Typ: MC 435 AviaExam6755 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

When leaning the mixture for the most economic cruise fuel flow, excessive
leaning will cause:

high cylinder head

high engine RPM

low cylinder head

high manifold pressure

362 20.3.1.5 Engine fuel supply Typ: MC 437 AviaExam7173 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

The first indication of carburettor icing in airplanes equipped with constant


speed propellers would most likely be a:

decrease in manifold pressure

rough running engine followed by an increase in manifold pressure

decrease in rpm

rough running engine followed by loss in rpm.

363 20.1.5 Landing Gear Typ: MC 190 AviaExam4004 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

The illumination of the green landing gear light indicates that the landing gear
is:

locked-down.

in the required position.

locked-down and its door is locked.

not in the required position.


TM-Editor 25.04.2016
020-Aircraft General Knowledge A .LTM Seite 109

364 20.3.1.10 Propeller Typ: MC 282 AviaExam5371 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

What will happen to the geometrical pitch angle of a "constant speed


propeller" if the manifold pressure is increased ?

It will increase

It will increase and after a short time it will be the same again

It will decrease so that the engine can increase

It will remain the same

365 20.3.1.11 Engine handling and manipulation Typ: MC 438 AviaExam7174 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

What will eventually happen during a continuous climb with a mixture setting
full rich?

fouling of spark plugs.

increase of the power available.

the engine will operate smoother even though fuel consumption is


increased.

the engine will overheat.

366 20.3.1.4 Ignition Typ: MC 439 AviaExam7177 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

With an aircraft fitted with a fixed pitch propeller, during flight at normal
cruising speed, one magneto fails completely. This will first cause:

loss of approximately 100 rpm

additional load on the other magneto

excessive vibration

engine to overheat.
TM-Editor 25.04.2016
020-Aircraft General Knowledge A .LTM Seite 110

367 20.3.4.4 Fuel system Typ: MC 192 AviaExam4008 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

In flight, with centre tank empty and APU operating, a fuel unbalance is
detected (quantity in tank 1 < quantity in tank 2).
Rebalancing of the two tanks is:

possible with "CROSSFEED" open and tank 1 pumps "OFF" and tank 2
pumps "ON".

impossible without causing the APU to stop.

possible with "CROSSFEED" open and tank 2 pumps "OFF".

impossible because there is no fuel in centre tank.

368 20.3.1.10 Propeller Typ: MC 286 AviaExam5376 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

A pilot can actuate the feathering system by:

pulling the propeller control lever rearwards.

pushing the propeller control lever forwards.

pushing the power lever forwards.

pulling the power levers rearwards.

369 20.1.5 Landing Gear Typ: MC 194 AviaExam4010 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

The function of an accumulator in a hydraulic brake system is:

to supply a limited amount of brake energy in case the hydraulic system


normally powering the brakes does not function anymore.

to damp pressure fluctuations of the auto brake system.

to store the hydraulic energy recovered by the anti skid system to


prevent wheel blocking.

to function as a buffer to assist the hydraulic system during heavy


braking.
TM-Editor 25.04.2016
020-Aircraft General Knowledge A .LTM Seite 111

370 20.3.1.8 Fuel Typ: MC 440 AviaExam7179 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

The use of too low an octane fuel may cause:

detonation

higher manifold pressure

a cooling effect on cylinders

a prompt pre-ignition reaction.

371 20.3.4.8 Power plant operation and monitoring Typ: MC 196 AviaExam4012 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

Consider a jet engine whose control is based on the Engine Pressure Ratio
(EPR):

1. with a constant EPR, the thrust decreases when the altitude increases
2. with a constant EPR, the thrust is independent of the Mach number
3. At same environmental conditions, a given EPR setting maintains the thrust
irrespective of engine wear due to ageing.
4. the EPR is determined by the impact pressure difference between the
turbine outlet and the compressor inlet
5. on take-off, in the event of icing not detected by the crew, the indicated EPR
is lower than the real EPR

The combination regrouping all the correct statements is:

1, 3.

2, 3, 4.

3, 4, 5.

1, 5.

372 20.3.1.4 Ignition Typ: MC 288 AviaExam5381 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

Once the engine has started, ignition systems of piston engines are:

independent of the electrical system of the aircraft.

dependent on the battery.

dependent on the DC-Generator.

dependent on the AC-Generator.


TM-Editor 25.04.2016
020-Aircraft General Knowledge A .LTM Seite 112

373 20.3.1.8 Fuel Typ: MC 441 AviaExam7180 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

The cylinder head and oil temperature gauges are to exceed the normal
operating ranges if a pilot

uses fuel that has a rating lower-than-specified for the engine

uses fuel that has a rating higher-than-specified for the engine

operating wit higher-than-normal oil pressure

operates with the mixture control set too rich.

374 20.3.1.10 Propeller Typ: MC 197 AviaExam4013 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

Consider the variable-pitch propeller of a turbo-prop.


During deceleration:

when braking, the propeller supplies negative thrust and absorbs engine
power.

at zero power, the propeller thrust is zero and the engine power
absorbed is nil.

when feathered, the propeller produces thrust and absorbs no engine


power.

with propeller windmilling, the thrust is zero and the propeller supplies
engine power.

375 20.3.1.9 Mixture Typ: MC 443 AviaExam7183 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

As the flight altitude increases, if no leaning is made with the mixture control:

the density of air entering the carburettor decreases and the amount of
fuel remains constant

the volume of air entering the carburettor remains constant and the
amount of fuel decreases

the volume of air entering the carburettor decreases and the amount of
fuel decreases

the density of air entering the carburettor decreases and the amount of
fuel increases.
TM-Editor 25.04.2016
020-Aircraft General Knowledge A .LTM Seite 113

376 20.1.1 Fuselage Typ: MC 198 AviaExam4016 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

Among the different types of aircraft structures, the shell structures efficiently
transmit the:

1. normal bending stresses


2. tangent bending stresses
3. torsional moment
4. shear stresses

The combination regrouping all the correct statements is:

1, 2, 3

2, 3, 4

1, 2, 4

1, 3, 4

377 20.3.1.11 Engine handling and manipulation Typ: MC 444 AviaExam7184 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

When starting an engine or when the engine runs at an idle rpm on ground,
the mixture is:

rich, to make starting possible and to cool the engine sufficiently when
idling

rich, because the choke valve is closed

rich, because carburettor heat is switched on

lean, to prevent hat the engine consumes too much fuel.

378 20.3.1.5 Engine fuel supply Typ: MC 445 AviaExam7205 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

The application of carburettor heat reduces

the density of air entering the carburettor, thus enriching the fuel/air
mixture

the volume of air entering the carburettor, thus leaning the fuel/air
mixture

it reduces the density of air entering the carburettor, thus leaning the
fuel/air mixture

the volume of air entering the carburettor, thus enriching the fuel/air
mixture.
TM-Editor 25.04.2016
020-Aircraft General Knowledge A .LTM Seite 114

379 20.1.3 Wings Typ: MC 199 AviaExam4017 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

On a non-stressed skin type wing, the wing structure elements which take up
the vertical bending moments Mx are:

the spars.

the ribs.

the webs.

the skin.

380 20.3.1.1 General Typ: MC 297 AviaExam5541 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

On four-stroke piston engines, the theoretical valve and ignition settings are
readjusted in order to increase the:

overall efficiency

compression ratio

piston displacement

engine RPM

381 20.3.4.2 Starter Typ: MC 447 AviaExam7216 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

An impulse coupling does not function at such speeds above those


encountered in starting. Its engaging pawls are prevented from operating at
higher speeds by

centrifugal force

engine oil pressure

a coil spring

electro-magnetic action of operating magneto.


TM-Editor 25.04.2016
020-Aircraft General Knowledge A .LTM Seite 115

382 20.1.5 Landing Gear Typ: MC 200 AviaExam4024 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

The modern anti-skid processes are based on the use of a computer whose
input data is:

1. idle wheel speed (measured)


2. braked wheel speed (measured)
3. brake temperature (measured)
4. desired idle wheel train slipping rate
5. tire pressure

The combination regrouping all the correct statements is:

1, 2, 4.

1, 2, 3, 4, 5.

2, 4.

1, 3.

383 21.2.6 Thrust computation Typ: MC 714 AviaExam4047 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

The Engine Pressure Ratio (EPR) is computed by:

dividing turbine discharge pressure by compressor inlet pressure.

dividing compressor discharge pressure by turbine discharge pressure.

multiplying compressor inlet pressure by turbine discharge pressure.

multiplying compressor discharge pressure by turbine inlet pressure.

384 20.2.1.1 General Typ: MC 450 AviaExam7221 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

A condenser in parallel with breaker points will

intensify current in secondary winding

permit arcing across points

assist in negative feedback to secondary coil

assist in collapse of secondary winding.


TM-Editor 25.04.2016
020-Aircraft General Knowledge A .LTM Seite 116

385 20.3.1.4 Ignition Typ: MC 451 AviaExam7222 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

An impulse magneto coupling

gives a retarded spark at starting

reduces magneto speed during engine warm-up

advances ignition timing and gives a hotter spark at starting

gives an automatic spark increase during high speed operation.

386 20.2.1.7 The aircraft structure as an electr. conductor Typ: MC 201 AviaExam4053 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

The purpose of static wick dischargers is to:

dissipate static charge of the aircraft in flight thus avoiding radio


interference as a result of static electricity.

dissipate static charge from the aircraft skin after landing.

provide a path to ground for static charges when refuelling.

be able to fly higher because of less electrical friction.

387 20.3.1.4 Ignition Typ: MC 452 AviaExam7223 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

If an engine fails to stop with the magneto switch in OFF position, the cause
may be:

excessive carbon formation in cylinder head.

switch wire grounded

defective condenser

fouled spark plugs

388 20.3.1.4 Ignition Typ: MC 453 AviaExam7225 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

If the ground wire between the magneto and the ignition switch becomes
disconnected, the most noticeable result will be that the engine

cannot be shut down by turning the switch to the OFF position.

will not operate at the left magneto

will not operate at the right magneto

cannot be started with the switch in the ON position


TM-Editor 25.04.2016
020-Aircraft General Knowledge A .LTM Seite 117

389 21.1.2.3 Slaved gyro compass Typ: MC 716 AviaExam4080 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

A slaved directional gyro derives it's directional signal from:

the flux valve.

the air-data-computer.

a direct reading magnetic compass.

the flight director.

390 20.3.1.4 Ignition Typ: MC 454 AviaExam7226 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

An impulse coupling is installed on a magneto of a piston engine to:

provide a stronger spark on top dead centre for engine starting.

advance the ignition timing.

facilitate quick removal and installation.

absorb starting loads.

391 20.3.1.4 Ignition Typ: MC 455 AviaExam7229 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

Aircraft magneto`s receive electrical energy from

rotating permanent magneto's.

batteries

generators

condensers

392 20.2.1.5 Distribution Typ: MC 202 AviaExam4092 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

The type of windings commonly used in DC starter motors are:

series wound.

shunt wound.

series shunt wound.

compound wound.
TM-Editor 25.04.2016
020-Aircraft General Knowledge A .LTM Seite 118

393 20.3.1.3 Air cooling Typ: MC 456 AviaExam7234 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

Cooling air for a reciprocating engine can be obtained by means of:

ram air

a supercharger

a turbocharger

a pneumatic system.

394 20.3.4.5 Lubrication Typ: MC 457 AviaExam7235 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

A chip detector in the oil system of an engine/gearbox is to indicate that

there are metal particles in the oil

the piston rings are worn

to indicate that seals are worn

the oil temperature is too high

395 20.3.1.2 Lubrication system Typ: MC 393 AviaExam7243 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

The lubricating system of an aircraft engine is used to

aid in dissipation of heat

keep the engine warm

prevent inter-crystalline corrosion

operate ground adjustable propellers.

396 20.2.1.3 Magnetism Typ: MC 205 AviaExam4099 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

A relay is:

a magnetically operated switch.

another name for a solenoid valve.

a unit that is used to convert electrical energy to heat energy.

a device that is used to increase electrical power.


TM-Editor 25.04.2016
020-Aircraft General Knowledge A .LTM Seite 119

397 20.3.4.5 Lubrication Typ: MC 394 AviaExam7244 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

A pressure relief valve that does not fit on its seat properly would result in

low oil pressure

high oil pressure

excessive oil consumption

low oil temperature.

398 20.2.1.7 The aircraft structure as an electr. conductor Typ: MC 208 AviaExam4107 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

It may be determined that an aircraft is not properly bonded if:

static noises can be heard on the radio.

a circuit breaker pops out.

there is interference on the VOR receiver.

there is heavy corrosion on the fuselage skin mountings.

399 20.3.1.2 Lubrication system Typ: MC 395 AviaExam7251 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

A magnetic plug can be used to

collect ferrous particles reaching the sump

prevent metallic particles from entering the oil system

collect carbon found in the oil

collect static electricity.

400 20.2.1.6 Inverter (applications) Typ: MC 458 AviaExam7694 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

A unit that converts electrical DC into AC is:

an inverter.

an AC generator.

a transformer rectifier unit.

a thermistor.
TM-Editor 25.04.2016
020-Aircraft General Knowledge A .LTM Seite 120

401 20.1.5 Landing Gear Typ: MC 462 AviaExam7755 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

The purposes of the oil and the nitrogen in an oleo-pneumatic strut are:

the oil supplies the damping function and the nitrogen supplies the
spring function

the oil supplies the spring function and the nitrogen supplies the
damping function.

the oil supplies the sealing and lubrication function, the nitrogen
supplies the damping function.

the oil supplies the damping and lubrication function, the nitrogen
supplies the heat-dissipation function.

402 20.4.5 Aircraft oxygen equipment Typ: MC 465 AviaExam7802 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

A substance which may never be used in the vicinity or on parts of an oxygen


installation is:

Grease

Water

Halon

Nitrogen

403 20.3.1.10 Propeller Typ: MC 304 AviaExam6414 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

Fixed-pitch propellers are usually designed for maximum efficiency at:

cruising speed

idling

full throttle

take-off
TM-Editor 25.04.2016
020-Aircraft General Knowledge A .LTM Seite 121

404 20.1.11.1 Fuel tanks Typ: MC 466 AviaExam7805 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

The function of a feed box in the fuel tank is to

increase the fuel level at the boost pump location

trap fuel sediments or sludge in the lower part of the tank

distribute the fuel to the various tanks during refuelling

ventilate the tank during refuelling under high pressure

405 20.4.6 Emergency equipment Typ: MC 468 AviaExam7814 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

The crash/fire axe is part of the safety equipment fitted to passenger aircraft.
Its function is to:

obtain forced access to a fire behind a panel and a general purpose tool
during evacuation.

free exits in case of evacuation via the sides.

activate a radio survival beacon by cutting off the red coloured top

settle an escalating conflict with unreasonable passengers, who


threaten flight safety.

406 21.1.1.4 Mach meter Typ: MC 723 AviaExam4761 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

A VMO-MMO warning device consists of an alarm connected to:

a barometric aneroid capsule subjected to a static pressure and an


airspeed sensor subjected to a dynamic pressure.

a barometric aneroid capsule subjected to a dynamic pressure and an


airspeed sensor subjected to a static pressure.

a barometric aneroid capsule and an airspeed sensor subjected to


dynamic pressure.

a barometric aneroid capsule and an airspeed sensor subjected to a


static pressure.
TM-Editor 25.04.2016
020-Aircraft General Knowledge A .LTM Seite 122

407 20.3.1.1 General Typ: MC 307 AviaExam6420 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

In order to get the optimum efficiency of a piston engine, the positions of the
intake and exhaust valve at the end of the power stroke are:

both valves open.

intake valve closed and exhaust valve open.

both valves closed.

exhaust valve closed and intake valve open.

408 21.2.4 Yaw damper Typ: MC 802 AviaExam7841 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

The yaw damper system controls:

the rudder, with the angular rate about the yaw axis as the input signal.

the ailerons, with Mach Number as the input signal.

the rudder, with Mach Number as the input signal.

the ailerons, with the angular rate about the yaw axis as the input signal.

409 21.1.1.4 Mach meter Typ: MC 724 AviaExam4762 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

The reading of a Mach indicator is independent of:

the outside temperature

the static pressure

the total pressure

the differential pressure measurement

410 20.4.5 Aircraft oxygen equipment Typ: MC 469 AviaExam7848 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

Regarding the chemical oxygen generator, to enable the oxygen to flow, the
passenger must:

firmly pull the mask towards his face.

operate the relevant switch in his armrest.

firmly pull the door compartment of the oxygen mask storage.

turn the oxygen valve to open.


TM-Editor 25.04.2016
020-Aircraft General Knowledge A .LTM Seite 123

411 20.1.7.2 Hydraulic systems Typ: MC 473 AviaExam7890 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

Hydraulic fluid, entering the hydraulic pump, is slightly pressurised to:

prevent cavitation in the pump.

ensure sufficient pump output.

prevent overheating of the pump.

prevent vapour locking.

412 20.2.1.1 General Typ: MC 475 AviaExam8168 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

Regarding (1) a fuse and (2) a circuit breaker:

(1) is not resettable, (2) is resettable.

(1) is suitable for high currents, (2) is not suitable for high currents.

(1) is not suitable for high currents, (2) is suitable for high currents.

(1) and (2) are not resettable.

413 20.1.9.3 Anti-ice systems Typ: MC 483 AviaExam9095 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

Regarding a thermal wing anti-icing system, the correct statement is:

Aerodynamic performances of the wings are maintained and there is a


reduction of maximum engine thrust.

Aerodynamic performances of the wings are not maintained and there is


no reduction of maximum engine thrust.

Aerodynamic performances of the wings are maintained and there is no


reduction of maximum engine thrust.

Aerodynamic performances of the wings are not maintained and there is


a reduction of maximum engine thrust.
TM-Editor 25.04.2016
020-Aircraft General Knowledge A .LTM Seite 124

414 20.3.1.8 Fuel Typ: MC 314 AviaExam6438 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

On design purpose, the relationship between the fuel octane rating and the
maximum compression ratio of a piston engine is:

the higher the octane rating is, the higher the maximum compression
ratio is

the lower the octane rating is, the higher the maximum compression
ratio is

the higher the octane rating is, the lower the maximum compression
ratio is.

the maximum compression ratio is independent of the octane rating.

415 20.2.1.4 Generators Typ: MC 484 AviaExam9098 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

On-board electrical systems are protected against faults of the following type:
1. AC generator over-voltage
2. AC generator under-voltage
3. over-current
4. over-speed
5. under-frequency
6. undue vibration of AC generators
The combination of correct statements is:

1,2,4,5

1,2,4,6

1,3,5,6

2,3,4,5,6

416 21.1.1.3.3 meaning of coloured arcs Typ: MC 813 AviaExam9176 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

The airspeed indicator of a twin-engine aircraft comprises different sectors


and colour marks. The blue line corresponds to the:

optimum climbing speed with one engine inoperative, or Vy

speed not to be exceeded, or VNE

minimum control speed, or VMC

maximum speed in operations, or VMO


TM-Editor 25.04.2016
020-Aircraft General Knowledge A .LTM Seite 125

417 21.2.4 Yaw damper Typ: MC 819 AviaExam9198 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

When available, the yaw damper indicator supplies the pilot with information
regarding the:

yaw damper action on the rudder

rudder displacement by the rudder pedals

yaw damper action only on the ground

rudder position

418 21.1.1.6 Air Data Computer (ADC) Typ: MC 820 AviaExam9266 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

In An Air Data Computer (ADC), aeroplane altitude is calculated from:

Measurement of absolute barometric pressure from a static source on


the fuselage

The difference between absolute and dynamic pressure at the fuselage

Measurement of outside air temperature (OAT)

Measurement of elapsed time for a radio signal transmitted to the


ground surface and back

419 21.1.1.2 Altimeter Typ: MC 822 AviaExam9272 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

An aircraft is equipped with one altimeter that is compensated for position


error and another one altimeter that is not. Assuming all other factors are
equal, during a straight symmetrical flight :

the greater the speed, the greater the error between the two altimeters.

the greater the speed, the lower the error between the two altimeters.

the lower the speed, the greater the error between the two altimeters.

the error between the two altimeters does not depend on the speed.
TM-Editor 25.04.2016
020-Aircraft General Knowledge A .LTM Seite 126

420 21.1.2.4 Attitude indicator (vertical gyro) Typ: MC 823 AviaExam9274 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

A Stand-by-horizon or emergency attitude indicator:

Contains its own separate gyro

Is automatically connected to the primary vertical gyro if the alternator


fails

Is fully independent of external energy resources in an emergency


situation

Only works of there is a complete electrical failure

421 21.1.1.2 Altimeter Typ: MC 831 AviaExam9363 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

The altimeter consists of one or several aneroid capsules located in a sealed


casing.
The pressures in the aneroid capsule (i) and casing (ii) are respectively:

(i) vacuum (or a very low pressure) (ii) static pressure

(i) static pressure at time t (ii) static pressure at time t - dt

(i) total pressure (ii) static pressure

(i) static pressure (ii) total pressure

422 21.1.1.6 Air Data Computer (ADC) Typ: MC 734 AviaExam4780 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

The most significant advantages of an air data computer (ADC) are:

1. Position error correction


2. Hysteresis error correction
3. Remote data transmission capability
4. Gimballing errors correction

The combination regrouping all the correct statements is:

1,3.

1,2,3.

2,3,4

1,2,4.
TM-Editor 25.04.2016
020-Aircraft General Knowledge A .LTM Seite 127

423 21.3.4 Traffic collision avoidance system Typ: MC 838 AviaExam9371 11/21/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

The principle of the TCAS (Traffic Collision Avoidance Systems) is based on


the use of:

transponders fitted in the aircraft

airborne weather radar system

F.M.S. (Flight Management System)

air traffic control radar systems

424 21.1.1.3 Airspeed indicator Typ: MC 840 AviaExam9375 11/21/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

In the absence of position and instrumental errors, IAS is equal to:

CAS

EAS

TAS

KAS

425 21.1.2.3 Slaved gyro compass Typ: MC 842 AviaExam9506 11/21/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

A gyromagnetic compass is a system which always consists of:

1 - a horizontal axis gyro


2 - a vertical axis gyro
3 - an earth's magnetic field detector
4 - an erection mechanism to maintain the gyro axis horizontal
5 - a torque motor to make the gyro precess in azimuth

The combination regrouping all the correct statements is:

1, 3, 4, 5.

1, 4.

2, 3, 5.

2, 3.
TM-Editor 25.04.2016
020-Aircraft General Knowledge A .LTM Seite 128

426 21.1.4 Radio Altimeter Typ: MC 843 AviaExam9509 11/21/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

A radio altimeter can be defined as a:

self-contained on-board aid used to measure the true height of the


aircraft

self-contained on-board aid used to measure the true altitude of the


aircraft

ground radio aid used to measure the true height of the aircraft

ground radio aid used to measure the true altitude of the aircraft

427 21.1.1.2 Altimeter Typ: MC 737 AviaExam4786 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

At a given altitude, the hysteresis error of an altimeter varies substantially


with the:

time passed at this altitude.

mach number of the aircraft.

aircraft attitude.

static temperature.

428 21.2.1 Flight Director Typ: MC 846 AviaExam9518 11/21/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

The essential components of a flight director are:


1- a computer
2- an automatic pilot
3- an auto-throttle
4- command bars

The combination regrouping all the correct statements is:

1,4

1,2

2,4

2,3
TM-Editor 25.04.2016
020-Aircraft General Knowledge A .LTM Seite 129

429 21.1.1.2 Altimeter Typ: MC 738 AviaExam4791 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

The purpose of the vibrating device of an altimeter is to:

reduce the effect of friction in the linkages

inform the crew of a failure of the instrument

allow damping of the measurement in the unit

reduce the hysteresis effect

430 21.1.4 Radio Altimeter Typ: MC 849 AviaExam9755 11/21/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

During the approach, a crew reads on the radio altimeter the value of 650 ft.
This is an indication of the true:

height of the lowest wheels with regard to the ground at any time.

height of the aircraft with regard to the ground at any time.

height of the aircraft with regard to the runway.

altitude of the aircraft.

431 21.1.2.5 Turn and bank indicator (rate gyro) Typ: MC 851 AviaExam9757 11/21/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

The rate of turn indicator uses a gyroscope:

1 - the spinning wheel axis of which is parallel to the yawing axis.


2 - the spinning wheel axis of which is parallel to the pitch axis.
3 - the spinning wheel axis of which is parallel to the roll axis.
4 - with one degree of freedom.
5 - with two degrees of freedom

The combination regrouping all the correct statements is:

NB: the degree(s) of freedom of a gyro does not take into account its rotor
spin axis.

2, 4.

3, 4.

1, 5.

3, 5.
TM-Editor 25.04.2016
020-Aircraft General Knowledge A .LTM Seite 130

432 21.1.1.2 Altimeter Typ: MC 852 AviaExam9758 11/21/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

In case of accidental closing of an aircraft's left static pressure port (rain,


birds), the altimeter:

overreads the altitude in case of a sideslip to the left and displays the
correct information during symmetric flight.

overreads the altitude in case of a side-slip to the right and displays the
correct information during symmetric flight.

keeps on providing reliable reading in all situations

underreads the altitude.

433 21.1.2.1 Gyro fundamentals Typ: MC 853 AviaExam9760 11/21/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

In the building principle of a gyroscope, the best efficiency is obtained


through the concentration of the mass:

on the periphery and with a high rotation speed.

close to the axis and with a high rotation speed.

on the periphery and with a low rotation speed.

close to the axis and with a low rotation speed.

434 21.2.1 Flight Director Typ: MC 855 AviaExam9762 11/21/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

On a modern aircraft, the flight director modes are displayed on the:

upper strip of the PFD (Primary Flight Display).

upper strip of the ND (Navigation Display).

upper strip of the ECAM (Electronic Centralized A/C Management).

control panel of the flight director only.

435 21.2.1 Flight Director Typ: MC 857 AviaExam9767 11/21/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

The flight director provides information for the pilot:

to join to a desired path with the optimum attitude.

to remain within the flight envelope.

to join a desired track with a 45° intercept angle.

to join a desired track with a constant bank angle of 25°.


TM-Editor 25.04.2016
020-Aircraft General Knowledge A .LTM Seite 131

436 21.1.1.1 Pitot and static system Typ: MC 858 AviaExam9771 11/21/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

The atmospheric pressure at FL 70 in a "standard + 10" atmosphere is:

781.85 hPa.

942.13 hPa.

1 013.25 hPa.

644.41 hPa.

437 21.1.1.5 Vertical Speed Indicator (VSI) Typ: MC 744 AviaExam4797 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

The response time of a vertical speed detector may be decreased by adding a:

correction based on an accelerometer sensor.

bimetallic strip

return spring

second calibrated port

438 21.1.1.4 Mach meter Typ: MC 861 AviaExam9780 11/21/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

Sound propagates through the air at a speed which only depends on:

temperature.

temperature and the pressure.

pressure.

density.

439 21.1.1.3 Airspeed indicator Typ: MC 803 AviaExam9786 11/21/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

In a standard atmosphere and at the sea level, the calibrated airspeed (CAS)
is:

equal to the true airspeed (TAS).

independent of the true airspeed (TAS).

higher than the true airspeed (TAS).

lower than the true airspeed (TAS).


TM-Editor 25.04.2016
020-Aircraft General Knowledge A .LTM Seite 132

440 21.1.1.1 Pitot and static system Typ: MC 804 AviaExam9788 11/21/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

The total pressure probe (pitot tube) is mounted at a distance from the
aeroplane skin such that:

it is located outside the boundary layer.

it does not disturb the aerodynamic flow around the aircraft.

it is protected from icing.

it is easily accessible during maintenance checks.

441 21.3.6 Stall warning Typ: MC 864 AviaExam9870 11/21/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

The main input data to the Stall Warning Annunciator System are:

1- Mach Meter indication


2- Angle of Attack
3- Indicate Airspeed (IAS)
4- Aircraft configuration (Flaps/Slats)

The combination regrouping all the correct statements is:

2,4

2,3

1,4

1,2

442 20.4.5 Aircraft oxygen equipment Typ: MC 495 AviaExam10024 11/21/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

When selected to normal, the oxygen/air ratio of the mixture supplied by the
cockpit oxygen system regulator:

increases when the altitude increases.

decreases when the altitude increases.

is constant whatever the altitude.

is 100%.
TM-Editor 25.04.2016
020-Aircraft General Knowledge A .LTM Seite 133

443 20.3.1.10 Propeller Typ: MC 330 AviaExam6602 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

On a normally aspirated aero-engine fitted with a fixed pitch propeller:

manifold pressure decreases as the aircraft climbs at a fixed throttle


setting.

the propeller setting is constant at all indicated airspeeds.

in level flight, manifold pressure will remain constant when the rpm is
increased by opening the throttle.

in a descent at a fixed throttle setting manifold pressure will always


remain constant.

444 20.4.5 Aircraft oxygen equipment Typ: MC 496 AviaExam10025 11/21/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

In the cabin, when the oxygen mask is pulled downwards, the passenger
breathes:

a mixture of oxygen and cabin air.

pure oxygen under pressure.

pure oxygen at the ambient pressure.

cabin air under pressure.

445 21.3.6 Stall warning Typ: MC 868 AviaExam10055 11/21/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

The stall warning system receives information about the:

1- airplane angle of attack


2- airplane speed
3- airplane bank angle
4- airplane configuration
5- load factor on the airplane

The combination regrouping all the correct statements is:

1, 4

1, 2, 3, 4, 5

2, 3, 4, 5

1, 3, 5
TM-Editor 25.04.2016
020-Aircraft General Knowledge A .LTM Seite 134

446 20.4.5 Aircraft oxygen equipment Typ: MC 504 AviaExam10076 11/21/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

The equipment of an oxygen supply installation must be kept absolutely free


of oil or grease traces as:

these substances catch fire spontaneously in the presence of oxygen


under pressure.

the oxygen system would be contaminated.

these substances mixed with oxygen could catch fire in the presence of
a spark.

these substances could plug the oxygen masks filters.

447 21.4.2 Temperature gauge Typ: MC 808 AviaExam10096 11/21/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

The sensors used to measure the exhaust gas temperature on an aircraft


equipped with turbojets are:

thermocouples.

based on metallic parts whose expansion/contraction is measured.

based on metallic conductors whose resistance increases linearly with


temperature.

capacitors whose capacity varies proportionally with temperature.

448 20.4.6 Emergency equipment Typ: MC 480 AviaExam10100 11/21/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

A smoke mask is a:

mask with flow on request and covers the whole face.

continuous flow mask and covers the whole face.

mask with flow on request and covers only the nose and the mouth.

continuous flow mask and covers only the nose and the mouth.
TM-Editor 25.04.2016
020-Aircraft General Knowledge A .LTM Seite 135

449 21.2.1 Flight Director Typ: MC 810 AviaExam10108 11/21/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

The flight director indicates the:

optimum instantaneous path to reach selected radial.

optimum path at the moment it is entered to reach a selected radial.

path permitting reaching a selected radial in minimum time.

path permitting reaching a selected radial over a minimum distance.

450 20.2.1.7 The aircraft structure as an electr. conductor Typ: MC 217 AviaExam4836 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

Static dischargers:

1. are used to set all the parts of the airframe to the same electrical potential
2. are placed on wing and tail tips to facilitate electrical discharge
3. are used to reset the electrostatic potential of the aircraft to a value
approximating 0 volts
4. are located on wing and tail tips to reduce interference with the on-board
radio communication systems to a minimum
5. limit the risks of transfer of electrical charges between the aircraft and the
electrified clouds

The combination regrouping all the correct statements is:

2,4,5.

1,2,5.

1,3,4.

3,4,5.

451 21.1.4 Radio Altimeter Typ: MC 884 AviaExam10133 11/21/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

The range of a radio altimeter is:

2 500 ft.

500 ft.

greater than 10 000 ft.

10 000 ft.
TM-Editor 25.04.2016
020-Aircraft General Knowledge A .LTM Seite 136

452 21.4.2 Temperature gauge Typ: MC 901 AviaExam10175 11/21/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

The airplane outside air temperature "probe" measures the:

"total" air temperature minus kinetic heating effects in order to obtain


the static temperature.

"static" air temperature minus kinetic heating effects in order to obtain


the total temperature.

"total" air temperature minus compressibility effects in order to obtain


the static temperature.

"static" air temperature minus compressibility effects in order to obtain


the total temperature.

453 21.2.2 Autopilot Typ: MC 907 AviaExam10198 11/21/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

In a transport airplane, an autopilot comprises, in addition to the mode


display devices, the following fundamental elements:

1- Airflow valve
2- Sensors
3- Comparators
4- Computers
5- Amplifiers
6- Servo-actuators

The combination regrouping all the correct statements is:

2, 3, 4, 5, 6

2, 3, 4, 5

1, 3, 4, 6

1, 2, 6

454 20.1.3 Wings Typ: MC 220 AviaExam4845 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

Flutter results from two deformation modes which are:

torsion and bending

torsion and shearing

bending an elongation

shearing and elongation


TM-Editor 25.04.2016
020-Aircraft General Knowledge A .LTM Seite 137

455 21.4.5 Fuel gauge Typ: MC 908 AviaExam10199 11/21/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

The basic principle of a capacitance fuel gauge system is that the:

capacity of a capacitor depends on the nature of the dielectric in which it


is immersed.

internal resistance of a capacity depends on the nature of the dielectric


in which it is immersed.

capacity of a capacitor depends only on the density of the liquid on


which it is immersed.

electromotive force of a capacity depends on the nature of the dielectric


in which it is immersed.

456 21.2.2 Autopilot Typ: MC 912 AviaExam10211 11/21/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

A pilot engages the control wheel steering (CWS) of a conventional autopilot


and carries out a manoeuvre in roll. When the control wheel is released, the
autopilot will:

maintain the flight attitude obtained at that moment.

roll wings level and maintain the heading obtained at that moment.

maintain the track and the flight attitude obtained at that moment.

restore the flight attitude and the rate of turn selected on the autopilot
control display unit.

457 20.1.9.2 Air conditioning system Typ: MC 221 AviaExam4960 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

Automatic temperature control of the system as shown, would be


accomplished by:

the temperature selector in conjunction with cabin sensors and the


temperature regulator, modulating the mix valve.

the temperature selector only modulating the mix valve.

automatic control of the ram air.

the cabin sensors only modulating the mix valve.


TM-Editor 25.04.2016
020-Aircraft General Knowledge A .LTM Seite 138

458 21.2.2 Autopilot Typ: MC 913 AviaExam10213 11/21/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

The functions of an autopilot (basic modes) consist of:

stabilizing and monitoring the movement around the airplane centre of


gravity.

monitoring the movement of the airplane centre of gravity.

guiding the airplane path.

stabilizing and monitoring the movement around the airplane


aerodynamic centre.

459 21.2.2 Autopilot Typ: MC 914 AviaExam10214 11/21/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

The "guidance" functions of a autopilot consist in:

monitoring the movements of the centre of gravity in the three


dimensions of space.

stabilizing and monitoring the movements around the centre of gravity.

monitoring the movements of the aerodynamic centre in the three


dimensions of space.

stabilizing and monitoring the movements around the aerodynamic


centre.

460 21.2.1 Flight Director Typ: MC 916 AviaExam10216 11/21/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

The command bars of a flight director are generally represented on an:

ADI (Attitude Director Indicator)

HSI (Horizontal Situation Indicator)

RMI (Radio Magnetic Indicator)

ILS (Instrument Landing System)


TM-Editor 25.04.2016
020-Aircraft General Knowledge A .LTM Seite 139

461 21.2.1 Flight Director Typ: MC 917 AviaExam10217 11/21/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

After having programmed your flight director, you see that the indications of
your ADI (Attitude Director Indicator) are as represented in diagram N°1 of the
appended annex. On this instrument, the command bars indicate that you
must bank your airplane to the left and:

increase the flight attitude until the command bars centres on the
symbolic airplane.

decrease the flight attitude until the command bars centres on the
symbolic airplane.

increase the flight attitude until the command bars centres on the
horizon.

decrease the flight attitude until the command bars centres on the
horizon.

462 20.1.5 Landing Gear Typ: MC 224 AviaExam5030 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

In some aircraft, there is a protection device to avoid the landing gear being
inadvertently retracted on the ground. It consists of:

A latch located in the landing gear lever.

An aural warning horn.

A warning light which is activated by the WOW (Weight On Wheels)


sensor system.

A bolt.
TM-Editor 25.04.2016
020-Aircraft General Knowledge A .LTM Seite 140

463 21.2.2 Autopilot Typ: MC 919 AviaExam10238 11/21/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

Among the following functions of an autopilot, those related to the airplane


stabilization are:

1- pitch attitude holding


2- horizontal wing holding
3- displayed heading or inertial track holding
4- indicated airspeed or Mach number holding
5- yaw damping
6- VOR axis holding

The combination regrouping all the correct statements is:

1, 2.

1, 2, 5.

3, 4, 5, 6.

2, 4, 5.

464 20.1.7.1 Basic principles of hydromechanics Typ: MC 226 AviaExam5040 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

The component that converts hydraulic pressure into linear motion is called:

An actuator or jack.

A hydraulic pump.

An accumulator.

A pressure regulator.

465 20.1.7.1 Basic principles of hydromechanics Typ: MC 227 AviaExam5048 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

The aircraft hydraulic system is designed to produce:

high pressure and large flow.

high pressure and small flow.

small pressure and large flow.

small pressure and small flow.


TM-Editor 25.04.2016
020-Aircraft General Knowledge A .LTM Seite 141

466 21.4.1 Pressure gauge Typ: MC 934 AviaExam10961 11/21/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

The probe used to measure the air intake pressure of a gas turbine engine
powerplant is:

an aneroid capsule.

a differential capsule.

a Bourdon tube.

a bellows sensor.

467 21.4.5 Fuel gauge Typ: MC 937 AviaExam10966 11/21/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

The gauge indicating the quantity of fuel measured by a capacity gauging


system can be graduated directly in weight units because the dielectric
constant of fuel is:

twice that of air and varies directly with density.

the same as that of air and varies directly with density.

twice that of air and varies inversely with density.

the same as that of air and varies inversely with density.

468 21.4.4 Consumption gauge Typ: MC 938 AviaExam10967 11/21/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

When compared with the volumetric fuel flowmeter, the mass fuel flowmeter
takes into account the fuel:

density.

temperature.

pressure.

turbulent flow in the line.


TM-Editor 25.04.2016
020-Aircraft General Knowledge A .LTM Seite 142

469 20.2.1.4 Generators Typ: MC 230 AviaExam5054 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

Assume a constant speed DC generator providing a constant output voltage.


If the electrical load increases, the voltage regulator will:

increase the intensity of the excitation current.

change the direction of the excitation current.

maintain the intensity of the excitation current constant.

decrease the intensity of the excitation current.

470 21.3.6 Stall warning Typ: MC 942 AviaExam10971 11/21/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

The angle of attack transmitter placed laterally on the forward part of the
fuselage supplies an electrical signal which can indicate the angular position
of:

1 - a specific slaved pitot probe ;


2 - a vane detector ;
3 - a conical slotted probe .

The combination regrouping all the correct statements is

2, 3.

1, 2, 3.

1, 2.

1, 3.

471 20.2.2.2 Generators Typ: MC 232 AviaExam5057 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

In flight, if the constant speed drive (CSD) temperature indicator is in the red
arc the:

pilot must disconnect it, and the generator is not available for the rest of
flight.

pilot can disconnect it to allow it to cool and use it again.

pilot has to throttle back.

pilot must disconnect it and manually control the alternator.


TM-Editor 25.04.2016
020-Aircraft General Knowledge A .LTM Seite 143

472 21.3.2 Altitude alert system Typ: MC 943 AviaExam10972 11/21/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

The purpose of the altitude alert system is to generate a visual and aural
warning to the pilot when the:

airplane altitude differs from a selected altitude.

airplane altitude is equal to the decision altitude.

proximity to the ground becomes dangerous.

altimeter setting differs from the standard setting above the transition
altitude.

473 21.4.3 RPM indicator Typ: MC 944 AviaExam10973 11/21/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

The advantages of a D.C. generator tachometer are:

1- easy transmission of the information.


2- independence of the information relative to the airborne electrical power
supply.
3- freedom from any spurious current due to the commutator.

The combination regrouping all the correct statements is:

1, 2.

1, 2, 3.

2, 3.

1, 3.

474 20.1.7.2 Hydraulic systems Typ: MC 236 AviaExam5068 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

The hydraulic device similar to an electronic diode is a:

check valve.

flow control valve.

distribution valve.

shutoff valve.
TM-Editor 25.04.2016
020-Aircraft General Knowledge A .LTM Seite 144

475 21.4.3 RPM indicator Typ: MC 945 AviaExam10976 11/21/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

The advantages of single-phase A.C. generator tachometer are:

1- the suppression of spurious signals due to a D.C. generator commutator


2- the importance of line resistance on the information value
3- the independence of the information in relation to the airborne electrical
power supply
4- the ease of transmission of the information

The combination regrouping all the correct statements is:

1, 3.

1, 2, 3, 4.

2, 3, 4.

2, 4.

476 21.4.3 RPM indicator Typ: MC 946 AviaExam10977 11/21/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

The disadvantages of a single-phase A.C. generator tachometer are:

1- the presence of spurious signals due to a D.C. generator commutator


2- the importance of line resistance on the information value
3- the influence of temperature on the tachometer information

The combination regrouping all the correct statements is:

2.

1, 2, 3.

1, 2.

1, 3.

477 20.1.11.2 Fuel feed Typ: MC 237 AviaExam5081 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

The cross-feed fuel system is used to:

feed every engine from any fuel tank.

allow the fuel to be quickly thrown away in case of emergency

allow the unusable fuel elimination.

automatically fill every tank up to the desired level.


TM-Editor 25.04.2016
020-Aircraft General Knowledge A .LTM Seite 145

478 21.2.1 Flight Director Typ: MC 951 AviaExam11232 11/21/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

After having programmed your flight director, you see that the indications of
your ADI (Attitude Director indicator) are as represented in diagram N°1 of the
appended annex. On this instrument, the command bars indicate that you
must:

increase the flight attitude and bank your airplane to the left until the
command bars recentre on the symbolic aeroplane.

increase the flight attitude and bank your aeroplane to the right until the
command bars recentre on the symbolic aeroplane.

decrease the flight attitude and bank your airplane to the left until the
command bars recentre on the symbolic aeroplane.

decrease the flight attitude and bank your airplane to the right until the
command bars recentre on the symbolic aeroplane.

479 20.1.11.2 Fuel feed Typ: MC 238 AviaExam5084 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

One of the purpose of the fuel system booster pumps to be submerged in the
fuel is:

To facilitate the priming of the pumps.

To improve their efficiency.

To shorten the fuel lines, so minimising the pressure losses.

To cool the pumps.

480 20.1.10.1 Schematic construction, functioning and oper. Typ: MC 506 AviaExam11268 11/21/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

The correct statement about rain protection for cockpit windshields is that:

rain repellent should never be sprayed onto the windshield unless the
rainfall is very heavy.

wipers are sufficient under heavy rain conditions to provide adequate


view through the cockpit windows.

the electric de-icing system for cockpit windows is also suitable for rain
protection.

the alcohol de-icing system for cockpit windows is also suitable for rain
protection.
TM-Editor 25.04.2016
020-Aircraft General Knowledge A .LTM Seite 146

481 20.2.1.5 Distribution Typ: MC 507 AviaExam11414 11/21/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

The purpose of a battery control unit is generally to isolate the battery:

1 - from the bus when the battery charge has been completed
2 - when there is a battery overheat condition
3 - in case of an internal short circuit
4 - in case of a fault on the ground power unit

The combination which regroups all of the correct statements is:

1 - 2 -3

1-2

1 - 2 - 3 -4

482 20.1.11.2 Fuel feed Typ: MC 240 AviaExam5087 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

The vapour lock is:

A stoppage in a fuel feeding line caused by a fuel vapour bubble.

The exhaust gases obstructions caused by an engine overheating.

The effect of the water vapour bubbles in the induction manifold caused
by the condensation.

The abnormal mixture enrichment caused by a greater gasoline


vaporisation in the carburettor.

483 20.1.11.2 Fuel feed Typ: MC 241 AviaExam5088 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

The fuel system boost pumps are used to:

avoid the bubbles accumulation and feed the lines with fuel for directing
it to the engine at a positive pressure.

avoid the bubbles accumulation.

feed the lines with fuel for directing it to the engine at a positive
pressure.

feed the fuel control units, which inject the pressurized fuel into the
engine.
TM-Editor 25.04.2016
020-Aircraft General Knowledge A .LTM Seite 147

484 20.1.6.2 Secondary controls lift augmentation Typ: MC 508 AviaExam11415 11/21/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

For an aeroplane, spoilers are:

upper wing surface devices, their deflection can be symmetrical or


asymmetrical.

lower wing surface devices, their deflection can be symmetrical or


asymmetrical.

upper wing surface devices, their deflection is always asymmetrical.

lower wing surface devices, their deflection is always asymmetrical.

485 20.1.6.2 Secondary controls lift augmentation Typ: MC 510 AviaExam11418 11/21/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

On an airplane, the Krueger flaps are:

leading edge flaps close to the wing root

trailing edge flaps close to the wing root

trailing edge flaps close to the wing tip

leading edge flaps close to the wing tip

486 20.1.9.1 Pneumatic system Typ: MC 242 AviaExam5090 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

The purpose of an accumulator in a hydraulic system is:

to damp the fluid pressure variations.

to eliminate the fluid flow variations.

to bypass the pumps in the hydraulic system.

to enable the starting of hydraulic devices.


TM-Editor 25.04.2016
020-Aircraft General Knowledge A .LTM Seite 148

487 20.4.3 Fire detection Typ: MC 511 AviaExam11419 11/21/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

When a bimetallic strip is used as a switch in a fire detection loop, a fire alarm
is triggered after a delay. The purpose of this delay is to:

avoid false alarms in case of vibrations

allow temperatures to equalise

delay the triggering of the fire extinguishers and increase their efficiency

wait for the triggering of the second fire detection loop in order to
confirm the fire

488 20.1.5 Landing Gear Typ: MC 513 AviaExam11422 11/21/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

On a modern aeroplane, to avoid the risk of tyre burst from overheating, due
for example to prolonged braking during an aborted take-off, there is:

a hollow bolt screwed into the wheel which melts at a given temperature
(thermal fuse) and deflates the tyre.

a pressure relief valve situated in the filler valve.

the "Emergency Burst" function of the anti-skid system which adapts


braking to the tyre temperature.

water injection triggered at a fixed temperature in order to lower tyre


temperature.

489 20.3.3.2 Compressor Typ: MC 514 AviaExam11423 11/21/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

A stage in an axial compressor:

consists of a rotor disc followed by a row of stator blades.

has a compression ratio in the order of 2.1 .

consists of a row of stator blades followed by a rotor disc.

has a compression ration in the order of 0.8 .


TM-Editor 25.04.2016
020-Aircraft General Knowledge A .LTM Seite 149

490 20.1.3 Wings Typ: MC 243 AviaExam5245 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

Torsion in a wing can be caused by

Positive sweep

Dihedral

Propwash

Wing tip vortex

491 20.3.2.2 Types of construction Typ: MC 515 AviaExam11424 11/21/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

For a fan jet engine, the by-pass ratio is the:

external airflow mass divided by the internal airflow mass

internal airflow mass divided by the external airflow mass

internal airflow mass divided by the fuel flow mass

fuel flow mass divided by the internal airflow mass

492 20.1.1 Fuselage Typ: MC 244 AviaExam5246 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

'Fail safe construction' is:

A type of construction in which the load is carried by other components


if a part of the structure fails.

A simple and cheap type of construction.

A type of construction for small aircraft only.

A construction which is suitable for aerobatic flight.

493 20.1.7.1 Basic principles of hydromechanics Typ: MC 245 AviaExam5247 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

Maximum power output and low mass of aeroplane hydraulic systems can be
achieved with

high system pressure and low volume flow.

medium system pressure and low volume flow.

medium system pressure and high volume flow.

low system pressure and high volume flow.


TM-Editor 25.04.2016
020-Aircraft General Knowledge A .LTM Seite 150

494 20.1.7.2 Hydraulic systems Typ: MC 516 AviaExam11425 11/21/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

The low pressure switch of a hydraulic circuit sets off an alarm if:

the pump output pressure is insufficient.

the reservoir level is at the normal operation limit.

there is a leak in the reservoir return line.

the pump power accumulator is deflated.

495 20.1.8.4 De-ice systems Typ: MC 517 AviaExam11427 11/21/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

Concerning the sequential pneumatic impulses used in certain leading edge


de-icing devices, one can affirm that:

1 - They prevent ice formation.


2 - They are triggered from the flight deck after icing has become visible.
3 - A cycle lasts more than ten seconds.
4 - There are more than ten cycles per second.

The combination which regroups all the correct statements is:

2-3

2-4

1-3

1-4

496 20.1.7.1 Basic principles of hydromechanics Typ: MC 246 AviaExam5248 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

The hydraulic systems which works correctly is shown in the figure:

d
TM-Editor 25.04.2016
020-Aircraft General Knowledge A .LTM Seite 151

497 20.2.2.6 Transformer/rectifier units Typ: MC 388 AviaExam6684 7/25/1996 Pkt.: 1.00

In an aeroplane fitted with a constant frequency AC power supply, DC power


is obtained from a:

transformer rectifier unit (TRU).

static inverter.

3 phase current transformer unit.

rotary converter.

498 20.1.5 Landing Gear Typ: MC 522 AviaExam11433 11/21/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

On an aircraft landing gear, an under-inflated tyre:

will wear at the shoulders

it's tread will deteriorate faster

will have an increased critical hydroplaning speed

will be more subject to viscosity aquaplaning on dry runway

499 20.1.7.1 Basic principles of hydromechanics Typ: MC 247 AviaExam5249 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

The accumulator in a hydraulic system works as

an energy storage.

a fluid storage.

a volume storage.

a pressure storage.

500 20.1.7.1 Basic principles of hydromechanics Typ: MC 248 AviaExam5258 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

The type of hydraulic fluid which has the greatest resistance to cavitation is:

Synthetic fluid.

Mineral oil based fluid.

Vegetable oil based fluid (caster oil).

Water and glycol based fluid.


TM-Editor 25.04.2016
020-Aircraft General Knowledge A .LTM Seite 152

501 20.3.2.1 Principles of operation Typ: MC 523 AviaExam11434 11/21/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

In a turbo-jet, the purpose of the turbine is to ...

drive the compressor by using part of the energy from the exhaust
gases

clear the burnt gases, the expansion of which provide the thrust

compress the air in order to provide a better charge of the combustion


chamber

drive devices like pumps, regulator, generator.

502 20.1.6.2 Secondary controls lift augmentation Typ: MC 249 AviaExam5276 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

Parameters to monitor a hydraulic system in the cockpit can be:

Pressure, fluid temperature and quantity.

Pressure and hydraulic pump output.

Pressure and fluid viscosity.

Pressure and RPM of the hydraulic pump.

503 20.3.1.10 Propeller Typ: MC 524 AviaExam11435 11/21/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

The blade angle of a propeller is the angle between the:

reference chord line and the propeller plane of rotation.

propeller reference chord line and the relative airflow.

propeller reference chord line and the extremity of the propeller.

propeller plane of rotation and the relative airflow.

504 20.1.5 Landing Gear Typ: MC 250 AviaExam5284 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

The working principle of the anti-skid system is:

Reduction of the brake pressure at the slower turning wheels.

Reduction of the brake pressure at the faster turning wheels.

Increase of the brake pressure at the faster turning wheels.

Increase of the brake pressure at the slower turning wheels.


TM-Editor 25.04.2016
020-Aircraft General Knowledge A .LTM Seite 153

505 20.3.1.10 Propeller Typ: MC 528 AviaExam11442 11/21/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

During a power change on an engine equipped with a constant speed


propeller, a wrong combination of manifold pressure and RPM values results
in excessive pressures in the cylinders. This is the case when one
simultaneously selects a ...

high manifold pressure and low RPM.

low manifold pressure and high RPM.

high manifold pressure and high RPM.

low manifold pressure and low RPM.

506 20.3.1.4 Ignition Typ: MC 529 AviaExam11443 11/21/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

If, when the magneto selector switch is set to the OFF position, a piston
engine continues to run normally, the most probable cause is that:

On a magneto, the grounding wire is broken.

There is a carbon deposit on the spark plugs electrodes.

A wire from the magneto is in contact with a metallic part of the engine.

There are local hot points in the engine (probably due to overheating of
the cylinder heads).

507 20.3.1.11 Engine handling and manipulation Typ: MC 530 AviaExam11444 11/21/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

On a normally aspirated engine (non turbo-charged), the manifold pressure


gauge always indicates…

a lower value than atmospheric pressure when the engine is running.

a greater value than atmospheric pressure when the engine is running.

zero on the ground when the engine is stopped.

a value equal to the QFE when the engine is at full power on the ground.
TM-Editor 25.04.2016
020-Aircraft General Knowledge A .LTM Seite 154

508 20.3.1.9 Mixture Typ: MC 531 AviaExam11447 11/21/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

The richness of a fuel/air mixture ratio is the:

actual mixture ratio relative to the chemically correct ratio.

mass of fuel relative to the volume of air.

volume of fuel relative to the volume of air.

volume of fuel relative to the mass of the volume of air.

509 20.2.1.4 Generators Typ: MC 532 AviaExam11448 11/21/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

The frequency of the current provided by an alternator depends on...

its rotation speed

the strength of the excitation current

its load

its phase balance

510 20.2.1.1 General Typ: MC 534 AviaExam11450 12/29/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

The resistors R1 and R2 are connected in parallel. The value of the equivalent
resistance (Req) so obtained is given by the formula:

1/Req = 1/R1 + 1/R2

Req = R1 + R2

Req = R1 x R2

1/Req = 1/(R1 + R2)

511 20.4.3 Fire detection Typ: MC 256 AviaExam5307 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

A gaseous sensor/responder tube fire sensor is tested by

heating up the sensor with test power connection.

checking the continuity of the system with a test switch.

checking the wiring harness for faults but not the sensor.

checking the sensor with pressurized gas.


TM-Editor 25.04.2016
020-Aircraft General Knowledge A .LTM Seite 155

512 20.2.1.4 Generators Typ: MC 535 AviaExam11453 11/21/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

The function of the Generator Breaker is to close when the voltage of the:

generator is greater than battery voltage and to open when the opposite
is true

battery is greater than the generator voltage and to open when the
opposite is true

alternator is greater than the battery voltage and to open when the
opposite is true

battery is greater than the alternator voltage and to open when the
opposite is true

513 20.3.3.10 Bleed air Typ: MC 536 AviaExam11456 11/21/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

Using compressor bleed air to power systems:

decreases aircraft performance

has no influence on aircraft performance

increases aircraft performance

is limited to the phases of take-off and landing

514 20.4.3 Fire detection Typ: MC 258 AviaExam5314 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

The indication of the fire detection systems is performed by a:

warning light and a warning bell (or aural alert).

warning bell.

warning light.

gear warning.

515 20.4.5 Aircraft oxygen equipment Typ: MC 260 AviaExam5323 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

If the maximum operating pressure of the oxygen system is exceeded the:

oxygen is discharged overboard via a safety plug.

oxygen becomes unusable for the passengers.

passenger oxygen masks will drop down.

oxygen bottles will explode.


TM-Editor 25.04.2016
020-Aircraft General Knowledge A .LTM Seite 156

516 20.4.5 Aircraft oxygen equipment Typ: MC 261 AviaExam5324 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

The purpose of a diluter demand regulator in an oxygen system is to:

deliver oxygen flow when inhaling.

deliver oxygen flow only above FL 100.

be used only when smoke is present in the cockpit.

mix air and oxygen in a passenger oxygen mask.

517 20.3.1.12 Operational criteria Typ: MC 538 AviaExam11462 11/21/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

With a piston engine, when detonation is recognised, you:

Reduce manifold pressure and enrich the mixture

Reduce manifold pressure and lean the mixture

Increase manifold pressure and enrich the mixture

Increase manifold pressure and lean the mixture

518 20.4.5 Aircraft oxygen equipment Typ: MC 262 AviaExam5325 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

The built-in passenger oxygen system be activated by:

switching the passenger oxygen ON.

switching the diluter demand regulator ON.

opening the oxygen-bottle valves.

switching the diluter demand regulator and the passenger oxygen ON.

519 20.4.4 Fire fighting equipment Typ: MC 541 AviaExam11467 11/21/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

The main feature of BCF fire extinguishers is that they:

act as flame inhibitors by absorbing the air's oxygen.

use the cooling effect created by the venturi during discharge.

are electrical conductors.

are highly corrosive particularly for aluminium alloys.


TM-Editor 25.04.2016
020-Aircraft General Knowledge A .LTM Seite 157

520 20.4.5 Aircraft oxygen equipment Typ: MC 545 AviaExam11478 11/21/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

In case of smoke in the cockpit, the crew oxygen regulator must be set to:

100%

normal.

emergency.

on demand.

521 20.3.1.11 Engine handling and manipulation Typ: MC 550 AviaExam11483 11/21/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

Spark plug fouling is more likely to happen if:

the aircraft climbs without mixture adjustment.

the aircraft descends without a mixture adjustment.

power is increased too abruptly.

the engine runs at the authorized maximum continuous power for too
long.

522 20.3.1.5 Engine fuel supply Typ: MC 551 AviaExam11484 11/21/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

"Vapour lock" is the phenomenon by which:

heat produces vapour plugs in the fuel line.

water vapour plugs are formed in the intake fuel line following the
condensation of water in fuel tanks which have not been drained for
sometime.

abrupt and abnormal enrichment of the fuel/air mixture following an


inappropriate use of carburettor heat.

burnt gas plugs forming and remaining in the exhaust manifold


following an overheat and thereby disturbing the exhaust.
TM-Editor 25.04.2016
020-Aircraft General Knowledge A .LTM Seite 158

523 20.1.5 Landing Gear Typ: MC 556 AviaExam11494 11/21/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

Associate the correct legend to each of the numbered diagrams:

1- cantilever 2- fork 3- half fork 4- dual wheels

1- half fork 2- fork 3- cantilever 4- tandem

1- cantilever 2- dual wheels 3- half fork 4- fork

1- half-fork 2- single trace 3- cantilever 4- dual wheels

524 20.3.1.1 General Typ: MC 268 AviaExam5351 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

The torque of an aeroplane engine can be measured at the:

gear box which is located between the engine and the propeller.

propeller blades.

accessory gear box.

camshaft.

525 21.1.1.5 Vertical Speed Indicator (VSI) Typ: MC 957 AviaExam11496 11/21/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

The vertical speed indicator (VSI) is fed by:

static pressure

dynamic pressure

total pressure

differential pressure

526 21.1.1.2 Altimeter Typ: MC 958 AviaExam11497 11/21/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

The altimeter is supplied with:

static pressure.

dynamic pressure.

total pressure.

differential pressure.
TM-Editor 25.04.2016
020-Aircraft General Knowledge A .LTM Seite 159

527 20.3.1.9 Mixture Typ: MC 557 AviaExam11502 11/21/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

For a piston engine, the chemically correct fuel/air ratio of the mixture is:

1:15

1:9

1:10

1:12

528 20.3.1.6 Engine performance Typ: MC 271 AviaExam5355 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

The power output of a piston engine without supercharging increases with


increasing altitude in standard atmosphere at constant Manifold Air Pressure
(MAP) and RPM because of the:

increase of the air density behind the throttle valve.

lower losses during the gas change.

lower friction losses.

leaner mixture at higher altitudes.

529 20.3.1.6 Engine performance Typ: MC 558 AviaExam11503 11/21/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

The thermal efficiency of a piston engine is about:

30%

50%

70%

80%

530 20.3.1.6 Engine performance Typ: MC 272 AviaExam5356 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

During a climb in a standard atmosphere with constant Manifold Absolute


Pressure (MAP) and RPM indications and at a constant mixture setting, the
power output of a piston engine:

increases.

decreases.

only stays constant if the propeller lever is pushed.

stays constant.
TM-Editor 25.04.2016
020-Aircraft General Knowledge A .LTM Seite 160

531 20.2.1.2 Batteries Typ: MC 559 AviaExam11505 11/21/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

The connection in parallel of two 12 volt/ 40 amp hours batteries, will create a
unit with the following characteristics;

12 volt / 80 amp hours

12 volt / 40 amp hours

24 volt / 80 amp hours

24 volt / 40 amp hours

532 20.3.1.7 Power augmentation devices Typ: MC 273 AviaExam5359 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

The kind of compressor normally used as a supercharger is:

a radial compressor.

an axial compressor.

a hybrid compressor.

a piston compressor.

533 20.3.1.9 Mixture Typ: MC 560 AviaExam11507 11/21/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

On the attached diagram showing the power output of a piston engine as a


function of mixture richness, best economy is at the point marked:

4
TM-Editor 25.04.2016
020-Aircraft General Knowledge A .LTM Seite 161

534 21.2.2 Autopilot Typ: MC 959 AviaExam11512 11/21/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

When being engaged, and without selecting a particular mode, an automatic


pilot enables:

aeroplane stabilisation with attitude hold or maintaining vertical speed


and possibly automatic trim.

aeroplane piloting and guidance functions.

a constant speed on track, wings horizontal.

all aeroplane piloting and guidance functions except maintaining


radio-navigation course lines.

535 20.3.1.7 Power augmentation devices Typ: MC 274 AviaExam5360 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

Assume an initial condition at a high cruise altitude with a constant speed


propeller. What will happen if the altitude is decreased while the throttle
remains fully open and the waste gate is seized in the cruise position:

The manifold absolute pressure (MAP) value may exceed the maximum
allowed value.

The power of the engine will decrease.

The blade angle may reach the full fine limit.

The manifold absolute pressure (MAP) value will stay constant.

536 21.2.1 Flight Director Typ: MC 961 AviaExam11514 11/21/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

An aircraft flies steadily on a heading 270°. The flight director is engaged in


the heading select mode (HDG SEL), heading 270° selected. If a new heading
360° is selected, the vertical trend bar:

deviates to the right and will be centred as soon as you roll the aircraft
to the bank angle calculated by the flight director.

deviates to the right and remains in that position until the aircraft has
reached heading 360°.

disappears, the new heading selection has deactivated the HDG mode.

deviates to its right stop as long as the aeroplane is more than 10° off
the new selected heading.
TM-Editor 25.04.2016
020-Aircraft General Knowledge A .LTM Seite 162

537 20.3.1.7 Power augmentation devices Typ: MC 275 AviaExam5362 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

One of the advantages of a turbocharger is:

to make the power available less dependent on altitude.

that it has a better propulsive efficiency.

that there is no torsion at the crankshaft.

that there is no danger of detonation.

538 21.3.1 Warnings general Typ: MC 962 AviaExam11515 11/21/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

Alarms are standardised and follow a code of colours. Those requiring action
but not immediately, are signalled by the colour:

amber

red

green

flashing red

539 20.3.1.11 Engine handling and manipulation Typ: MC 276 AviaExam5363 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

With which instrument(s) do you monitor the power output of an aeroplane


fitted with a fixed pitch propeller?

RPM indicator.

Fuel Flow indicator.

RPM and MAP indicator.

Cylinder head temperature indicator.

540 20.3.1.11 Engine handling and manipulation Typ: MC 277 AviaExam5364 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

An EGT (Exhaust Gas Temperature) indicator for a piston engine is used to:

assist the pilot to set the correct mixture.

control the cylinder head temperature.

control the carburettor inlet air flow.

control the fuel temperature.


TM-Editor 25.04.2016
020-Aircraft General Knowledge A .LTM Seite 163

541 21.1.3 Magnetic compass Typ: MC 963 AviaExam11516 11/21/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

About a magnetic compass:

turning error is due to the vertical component of the earth's magnetic


field.

acceleration errors are due to the angle of dip.

acceleration errors are due to Schüler oscillations

errors of parallax are due to the oscillation of the compass rose

542 21.3.6 Stall warning Typ: MC 964 AviaExam11518 11/21/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

A stall warning system is based on a measure of:

angle of attack.

airspeed.

attitude.

groundspeed.

543 20.3.1.11 Engine handling and manipulation Typ: MC 278 AviaExam5365 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

During climb with constant throttle and RPM lever setting (mixture being
constant) the:

Manifold Absolute Pressure (MAP) decreases.

RPM decreases.

Manifold Absolute Pressure (MAP) increases.

RPM increases.

544 21.4.1 Pressure gauge Typ: MC 968 AviaExam11524 11/21/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

The engine instrument utilising an aneroid pressure diaphragm is the:

manifold pressure gauge.

oil pressure gauge.

fuel pressure gauge.

oil temperature gauge.


TM-Editor 25.04.2016
020-Aircraft General Knowledge A .LTM Seite 164

545 20.3.1.11 Engine handling and manipulation Typ: MC 279 AviaExam5366 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

The conditions which can cause knocking are:

High manifold pressure and low revolutions per minute.

High manifold pressure and high revolutions per minute.

Low manifold pressure and high revolutions per minute.

Low manifold pressure and high fuel flow.

546 20.3.1.10 Propeller Typ: MC 280 AviaExam5367 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

During take-off, the angle of attack of the blades of a fixed pitch propeller,
optimised for cruise condition is:

relatively high.

relatively small.

negative.

zero.

547 21.2.1 Flight Director Typ: MC 970 AviaExam11530 11/21/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

The position of a Flight Director command bars:

indicates the manoeuvres to execute, to achieve or maintain a flight


situation.

repeats the ADI and HSI information

enables the measurement of deviation from a given position.

only displays information relating to radio-electric deviation.

548 20.3.1.10 Propeller Typ: MC 281 AviaExam5369 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

The mechanism to change the propeller blade pitch of modern small piston
engine aeroplanes is operated

hydraulically by engine oil.

hydraulically by hydraulic fluid.

by an electrical actuator.

by a mechanical linkage.
TM-Editor 25.04.2016
020-Aircraft General Knowledge A .LTM Seite 165

549 21.1.3 Magnetic compass Typ: MC 971 AviaExam11531 11/21/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

In a steep turn, the northerly turning error on a magnetic compass on the


northern hemisphere is:

equal to 180° on a 090° heading in a right turn.

none on a 270° heading in a left turn.

none on a 090° heading in a right turn.

equal to 180° on a 270° heading in a right turn.

550 21.1.2.5 Turn and bank indicator (rate gyro) Typ: MC 972 AviaExam11532 11/21/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

The diagram representing a left turn with insufficient rudder is:

551 21.1.2.2 Directional gyro Typ: MC 973 AviaExam11533 11/21/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

A directional gyro is:

1- a gyroscope free around two axis


2- a gyroscope free around one axis
3- capable of self-orientation around an earth-tied direction
4- incapable of self-orientation around an earth-tied direction

The combination which regroups all of the correct statements is:

NB: the degree(s) of freedom of a gyro does not take into account its rotor
spin axis.

1-4

2-4

2-3

1-3
TM-Editor 25.04.2016
020-Aircraft General Knowledge A .LTM Seite 166

552 21.1.2.3 Slaved gyro compass Typ: MC 976 AviaExam11539 11/21/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

Heading information given by a gyro platform, is given by a gyro with:

NB: the degree(s) of freedom of a gyro does not take into account its rotor
spin axis.

2 degrees-of-freedom in the horizontal axis

2 degrees-of-freedom in the vertical axis

1 degree-of-freedom in the horizontal axis

l degree-of-freedom in the vertical axis

553 21.4.2 Temperature gauge Typ: MC 977 AviaExam11543 11/21/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

A thermocouple can be made of:

two metal conductors of different nature fixed together at a single point.

two metal conductors of the same nature fixed together at two points.

a three wire coil.

a single wire coil.

554 21.1.2.4 Attitude indicator (vertical gyro) Typ: MC 980 AviaExam11548 11/21/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

During an acceleration phase at constant attitude, the control system of the


artificial horizon results in the horizon bar indicating a:

nose-up attitude

nose-down attitude

constant attitude

nose-down followed by a nose-up attitude


TM-Editor 25.04.2016
020-Aircraft General Knowledge A .LTM Seite 167

555 21.1.2.5 Turn and bank indicator (rate gyro) Typ: MC 929 AviaExam11557 11/21/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

A turn indicator is an instrument which indicates rate of turn.


Rate of turn depends upon:

1: bank angle
2: aeroplane speed
3: aeroplane weight

The combination regrouping the correct statements is:

1 and 2.

1 and 3.

2 and 3.

1, 2, and 3.

556 21.1.1.5 Vertical Speed Indicator (VSI) Typ: MC 930 AviaExam11564 11/21/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

The operating principle of the vertical speed indicator (VSI) is based on the
measurement of the rate of change of:

Static pressure

Dynamic pressure

Total pressure

Kinetic pressure

557 20.3.1.4 Ignition Typ: MC 289 AviaExam5382 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

The ignition system generally used for small aircrafts is a:

High tension system.

Low tension system.

Battery ignition system.

High intensity system.


TM-Editor 25.04.2016
020-Aircraft General Knowledge A .LTM Seite 168

558 21.1.2.4 Attitude indicator (vertical gyro) Typ: MC 931 AviaExam11567 11/21/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

The diagram which shows a 40° left bank and 15° nose down attitude is n°

559 21.1.2.2 Directional gyro Typ: MC 932 AviaExam11571 11/21/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

The heading read on the dial of a directional gyro is subject to errors, one of
which is due to the movement of the aircraft.
This error...

is dependent on the ground speed of the aircraft, its true track and the
latitude of the flight

is, in spite of this, insignificant and may be neglected

is at its greatest value when the aircraft follows a meridional track

shows itself by an apparent rotation of the horizontal axis of the


gyroscope which seems to turn at 15° per hour to the right in the
northern hemisphere

560 21.1.2.4 Attitude indicator (vertical gyro) Typ: MC 984 AviaExam11581 11/21/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

A gravity erector system is used to correct the errors on:

an artificial horizon.

a directional gyro.

a turn indicator.

a gyromagnetic compass.
TM-Editor 25.04.2016
020-Aircraft General Knowledge A .LTM Seite 169

561 21.1.2.3 Slaved gyro compass Typ: MC 985 AviaExam12146 11/21/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

Which of the following statements are correct for an aeroplane cruising at FL


60 with a true airspeed (TAS) of 100 kt in standard atmospheric conditions?
1 - The TAS is approximately 10% higher than the IAS.
2 - The difference between the equivalent airspeed (EAS) and the calibrated
airspeed (CAS) is negligible.
3 - The speed displayed on the airspeed indicator is a calibrated airspeed
(CAS) if the position error and instrument error are zero.

1, 2 and 3 are all correct.

2 and 3 are correct.

1 and 2 are correct.

1 and 3 are correct.

562 20.3.1.3.3 cowl flaps Typ: MC 561 AviaExam12697 11/21/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

The main reason for opening the cowl flaps is to control the:

C.H.T. (cylinder head temperature)

E.G.T (exhaust gas temperature)

oil temperature

cabin temperature

563 20.4.5 Aircraft oxygen equipment Typ: MC 684 AviaExam13965 11/21/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

The contents of an oxygen bottle can be ensure by the:


1 - weight.
2 - pressure.
3 - level.
4 - volume.

The combination containing all of the correct statements is:

1 and 2 only.

1 and 3 only.

2 and 3 only.

1 and 4 only.
TM-Editor 25.04.2016
020-Aircraft General Knowledge A .LTM Seite 170

564 20.3.3.1 Air inlet Typ: MC 294 AviaExam5397 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

The purpose of the blow-in-doors at the air inlets is to:

provide the engine with additional air at high power settings and low air
speeds.

provide the engine with additional air at high power settings at cruising
speed.

feed cooling air to the engine cowling.

serve to increase the relative velocity at the first compressor stage.

565 21.2.1 Flight Director Typ: MC 1000 AviaExam13971 11/21/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

Command bars of the flight director may be present on the:


1 - HSI
2 - EICAS
3 - CDU
4 - ADI

The combination containing all of the correct statements is:

4 only.

1 and 4 only.

1 and 3 only.

1 only.

566 21.4.2 Temperature gauge Typ: MC 1076 AviaExam13986 11/21/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

The most common system used to monitor turbine gas exhaust temperature
is the:

hot and cold junction, alumel/chromel system.

flame switch.

fixed junction mercurial oxide/chromium system.

hot junction Tungsten/copper system.


TM-Editor 25.04.2016
020-Aircraft General Knowledge A .LTM Seite 171

567 21.4.3 RPM indicator Typ: MC 1078 AviaExam13988 11/21/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

Gas turbine engine rotational speed (RPM) is usually sensed using either

a 3 phase AC tachometer generator or an AC phonic wheel system.

a single phase AC tachometer generator or an AC phonic wheel system.

a 28VDC tachometer generator or an AC phonic wheel.

a 28VDC tachometer generator or a DC phonic wheel.

568 21.1 FLIGHT INSTRUMENTS Typ: MC 1006 AviaExam15001 11/21/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

Parallax error is:

a reading error.

due to temperature effect.

due to pressure effect.

due to the effect of aircraft accelerations.

569 21.1.1.3 Airspeed indicator Typ: MC 1007 AviaExam15002 11/21/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

An airspeed indicator displays:

IAS.

EAS.

CAS.

TAS.

570 21.1.2.3 Slaved gyro compass Typ: MC 763 AviaExam5561 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

The gyromagnetic compass torque motor:

causes the directional gyro unit to precess

causes the heading indicator to precess

feeds the error detector system

is fed by the flux valve


TM-Editor 25.04.2016
020-Aircraft General Knowledge A .LTM Seite 172

571 21.1.1.3 Airspeed indicator Typ: MC 1008 AviaExam15003 12/29/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

Given:
Pt = total pressure
Ps = static pressure
Dynamic pressure is:

Pt - Ps

(Pt - Ps) / Pt

(Pt - Ps) / Ps

Pt / Ps

572 21.1.1.3 Airspeed indicator Typ: MC 1009 AviaExam15004 12/29/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

Given:
Pt = total pressure
Ps = static pressure
Pso = static pressure at sea level
Dynamic pressure is :

Pt - Ps

Pt - Pso

(Pt - Pso) / Pso

(Pt - Ps) / Ps

573 21.1.1.3 Airspeed indicator Typ: MC 1011 AviaExam15006 11/21/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

In the absence of position and instrument errors, IAS is equal to:

CAS.

EAS.

TAS.

CAS and EAS.


TM-Editor 25.04.2016
020-Aircraft General Knowledge A .LTM Seite 173

574 21.1.1.3 Airspeed indicator Typ: MC 1012 AviaExam15007 11/21/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

Given:
Pt = total pressure
Ps = static pressure
Pso = static pressure at sea level

Calibrated airspeed (CAS) is a function of:

Pt - Ps

Pt - Pso

Pt / Ps

(Pt - Pso) / Ps

575 21.1.1.3 Airspeed indicator Typ: MC 1013 AviaExam15008 11/21/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

Equivalent Air Speed (EAS) is obtained from Calibrated Air Speed (CAS) by
correcting for:

compressibility error.

position error.

instrument error.

density error.

576 21.1.1.3 Airspeed indicator Typ: MC 1014 AviaExam15009 11/21/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

Equivalent Air Speed (EAS) is obtained from Indicated Air Speed (IAS) by
correcting for the following errors:

1 - instrument
2 - position
3 - density
4 - compressibility

The combination regrouping all the correct statements is:

1, 2, 4.

1, 2, 3.

1, 2.

1, 2, 3, 4.
TM-Editor 25.04.2016
020-Aircraft General Knowledge A .LTM Seite 174

577 21.1.1.3 Airspeed indicator Typ: MC 1015 AviaExam15010 11/21/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

True Air Speed (TAS) is obtained from Calibrated Air Speed (CAS) by
correcting for the following errors:

1 - instrument
2 - compressibility
3 - position
4 - density

The combination regrouping all the correct statements is:

2, 4.

2.

4.

1, 2, 3, 4.

578 21.1.3 Magnetic compass Typ: MC 771 AviaExam5576 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

The quadrantal deviation of the magnetic compass is due to the action of:

the soft iron pieces influenced by the geomagnetic field

the hard iron pieces and the soft iron pieces influenced by the hard iron
pieces

the hard iron pieces influenced by the geomagnetic field

the hard iron pieces influenced by the mild iron pieces


TM-Editor 25.04.2016
020-Aircraft General Knowledge A .LTM Seite 175

579 21.1.1.3 Airspeed indicator Typ: MC 1016 AviaExam15011 11/21/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

True Air Speed (TAS) is obtained from Indicated Air Speed (IAS) by correcting
for the following errors:

1 - instrument
2 - position
3 - compressibility
4 - density

The combination regrouping all the correct statements is:

1, 2, 3, 4.

3, 4.

1, 2.

1, 3, 4.

580 21.1.1.3 Airspeed indicator Typ: MC 1017 AviaExam15012 11/21/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

Calibrated Air Speed (CAS) is:

Indicated Air Speed (IAS) corrected for position and instrument errors.

Indicated Air Speed (IAS) corrected for compressibility error.

Equivalent Air Speed (EAS) corrected for density error.

Equivalent Air Speed (EAS) corrected for compressibility and density


errors.

581 21.1.1.3 Airspeed indicator Typ: MC 1018 AviaExam15013 11/21/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

Equivalent Air Speed (EAS) is:

Calibrated Air Speed (CAS) corrected for compressibility error.

Calibrated Air Speed (CAS) corrected for density error.

True Air Speed (TAS) corrected for compressibility error.

True Air Speed (TAS) corrected for compressibility and density errors.
TM-Editor 25.04.2016
020-Aircraft General Knowledge A .LTM Seite 176

582 21.1.1.3 Airspeed indicator Typ: MC 1019 AviaExam15014 11/21/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

True Air Speed (TAS) is:

Equivalent Air Speed (EAS) corrected for density error.

Equivalent Air Speed (EAS) corrected for compressibility error.

Calibrated Air Speed (CAS) corrected for density error.

Calibrated Air Speed (CAS) corrected for compressibility error.

583 21.1.1.3 Airspeed indicator Typ: MC 1020 AviaExam15015 11/21/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

True Air Speed (TAS) is:

Calibrated Air Speed (CAS) corrected for compressibility and density


errors.

Calibrated Air Speed (CAS) corrected for density error only

Equivalent Air Speed (EAS) corrected for compressibility and density


errors.

Equivalent Air Speed (EAS) corrected for density error only.

584 21.1.1.3 Airspeed indicator Typ: MC 1021 AviaExam15016 11/21/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

True Air Speed (TAS) is:

Indicated Air Speed (IAS) corrected for instrument, position,


compressibility and density errors.

Indicated Air Speed (IAS) corrected for compressibility and density


errors only.

Calibrated Air Speed (CAS) corrected for instrument, position,


compressibility and density errors.

Calibrated Air Speed (CAS) corrected for instrument, compressibility and


density errors.
TM-Editor 25.04.2016
020-Aircraft General Knowledge A .LTM Seite 177

585 21.1.1.3 Airspeed indicator Typ: MC 1022 AviaExam15017 11/21/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

True Air Speed (TAS) is equal to Equivalent Air Speed (EAS) only if:

P = 1013,25 hPa and OAT = 15°C.

P = 1013,25 hPa and OAT = 273° K.

P = 1013,25 hPa, OAT = 15°C and TAS > 200 kt.

P = 1013,25 hPa, OAT = 15°C and TAS < 200 kt.

586 21.1.1.4 Mach meter Typ: MC 1023 AviaExam15018 11/21/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

The parameter that determines the relationship between EAS and TAS is:

density altitude.

pressure altitude.

OAT.

Mach number.

587 21.4.2 Temperature gauge Typ: MC 780 AviaExam5586 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

Total Air Temperature (TAT) is:

higher or equal to Static Air Temperature (SAT), depending on mach


number and SAT.

lower than Static Air Temperature (SAT), depending on mach number


and SAT.

higher or equal to Static Air Temperature (SAT), depending on altitude


and SAT.

lower than Static Air Temperature (SAT), depending on altitude and SAT.

588 21.1.1.3 Airspeed indicator Typ: MC 994 AviaExam15021 11/21/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

Concerning the airspeed indicator, IAS is:

the indicated reading on the instrument.

the indicated reading on an instrument presumed to be perfect.

the indicated airspeed corrected for instrument and position errors.

the indicated airspeed corrected for instrument error only.


TM-Editor 25.04.2016
020-Aircraft General Knowledge A .LTM Seite 178

589 21.1.2.1 Gyro fundamentals Typ: MC 781 AviaExam5589 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

Compared with a conventional gyro, a laser gyro:

has a longer life cycle

is influenced by temperature

has a fairly long starting cycle

consumes a lot of power

590 21.1.1.3 Airspeed indicator Typ: MC 996 AviaExam15023 11/21/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

Equivalent Air Speed (EAS) is:

Indicated Air Speed (IAS) corrected for position, instrument and


compressibility errors.

Indicated Air Speed (IAS) corrected for compressibility error.

Calibrated Air Speed (CAS) corrected for density error.

True Air Speed (TAS) corrected for compressibility error.

591 21.1.2.1 Gyro fundamentals Typ: MC 782 AviaExam5590 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

The principle of a laser gyro is based on:

frequency difference between two laser beams rotating in opposite


direction.

a gyroscope associated with a laser compensating for apparent wander


due to the rotation of the earth.

a gyroscope associated with a laser compensating for gimballing errors.

two rotating cavities provided with mirrors.

592 21.1.1.3 Airspeed indicator Typ: MC 997 AviaExam15025 11/21/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

True Air Speed (TAS) is obtained from Equivalent Air Speed (EAS) by
correcting for:

density error.

compressibility error.

instrument error.

position and instrument errors.


TM-Editor 25.04.2016
020-Aircraft General Knowledge A .LTM Seite 179

593 21.1.1.3 Airspeed indicator Typ: MC 998 AviaExam15026 11/21/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

Calibrated Air Speed (CAS) is obtained from Indicated Air Speed (IAS) by
correcting for the following errors:

1 - position
2 - compressibility
3 - instrument
4 - density

The combination regrouping all the correct statements is :

1, 3.

3.

1, 3, 4.

2, 3, 4.

594 20.3.1.2 Lubrication system Typ: MC 306 AviaExam6417 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

For internal cooling, reciprocating engines are especially dependent on:

the circulation of lubricating oil

a rich fuel/air mixture

a properly functioning thermostat

a lean fuel/air mixture


TM-Editor 25.04.2016
020-Aircraft General Knowledge A .LTM Seite 180

595 21.1.1.3 Airspeed indicator Typ: MC 1026 AviaExam15027 11/21/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

Equivalent Air Speed (EAS) is obtained from Calibrated Air Speed (CAS) by
correcting for the following errors:

1 - position
2 - compressibility
3 - instrument
4 - density

The combination regrouping all the correct statements is:

2.

4.

2, 4.

1, 2, 3, 4.

596 21.1.1.4 Mach meter Typ: MC 1031 AviaExam15032 11/21/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

Below the tropopause, with no temperature inversion, when descending at


constant Mach number:

TAS increases.

TAS decreases.

TAS remains constant.

the difference between surrounding conditions and ISA must be known


to deduce the TAS variation.

597 21.1.1.4 Mach meter Typ: MC 1032 AviaExam15033 11/21/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

When descending at a constant Mach number:

CAS increases.

CAS decreases.

CAS remains constant.

the difference between surrounding conditions and ISA must be known


to deduce the CAS variation.
TM-Editor 25.04.2016
020-Aircraft General Knowledge A .LTM Seite 181

598 21.1.1.3 Airspeed indicator Typ: MC 1033 AviaExam15034 11/21/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

When climbing at a constant CAS in a standard atmosphere:

TAS increases.

TAS decreases.

TAS remains constant.

TAS first decreases, then remains constant above the tropopause.

599 21.1.1.4 Mach meter Typ: MC 1034 AviaExam15035 11/21/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

Below the tropopause with no temperature inversion, when climbing at


constant Mach number:

TAS decreases.

TAS increases.

TAS remains constant.

the difference between surrounding conditions and ISA must be known


to deduce the TAS variation.

600 21.1.1.3 Airspeed indicator Typ: MC 1035 AviaExam15036 12/29/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

Given:
Zp = pressure altitude
Zd = density altitude
TAS can be obtained from whic of the following data?

EAS and Zd.

EAS and Zp.

CAS and Zd.

CAS and Zp.


TM-Editor 25.04.2016
020-Aircraft General Knowledge A .LTM Seite 182

601 21.1.1.3 Airspeed indicator Typ: MC 1036 AviaExam15037 11/21/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

With EAS and density altitude (Zd), we can deduce:

TAS.

CAS.

CAS and TAS.

IAS

602 21.1.1.3 Airspeed indicator Typ: MC 1037 AviaExam15038 11/21/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

With EAS and pressure altitude (Zp), we can deduce:

CAS.

TAS.

CAS and TAS.

IAS.

603 21.1.1.4 Mach meter Typ: MC 1038 AviaExam15039 11/21/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

When climbing at a constant RAS in a standard atmosphere:

1 - TAS decreases
2 - TAS increases
3 - Mach number increases
4 - Mach number decreases

The combination regrouping all the correct statements is:

2, 3.

2, 4.

1, 3.

1, 4.
TM-Editor 25.04.2016
020-Aircraft General Knowledge A .LTM Seite 183

604 21.1.1.4 Mach meter Typ: MC 1039 AviaExam15040 11/21/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

When descending at a constant RAS in a standard atmosphere:

1 - TAS increases
2 - TAS decreases
3 - Mach number increases
4 - Mach number decreases

The combination regrouping all the correct statements is:

2, 4.

2, 3.

1, 3.

1, 4.

605 20.3.1.2 Lubrication system Typ: MC 316 AviaExam6449 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

In addition to the fire hazard introduced, excessive priming should be avoided


because:

it washes the lubricant of cylinder walls

it fouls the spark plugs

it drains the carburettor float chamber

the gasoline dilutes the oil and necessitates changing oil

606 21.1.1.4 Mach meter Typ: MC 1046 AviaExam15047 4/16/2009 Pkt.: 1.00

If an aircraft maintaining a constant RAS and flight level is flying from a cold
air mass into warmer air:

Mach number and TAS increase

Mach number and TAS decrease.

Mach number increases while TAS decreases.

Mach number decreases while TAS increases.


TM-Editor 25.04.2016
020-Aircraft General Knowledge A .LTM Seite 184

607 21.1.1.4 Mach meter Typ: MC 1049 AviaExam15050 11/21/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

If an aircraft maintaining a constant RAS and flight level is flying from a warm
air mass into colder air:

TAS decreases.

TAS increases.

Mach number increases.

Mach number decreases.

608 21.1.1.3 Airspeed indicator Typ: MC 1050 AviaExam15051 11/21/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

In the absence of position and instrument errors, RAS is equal to:

IAS.

EAS.

TAS.

IAS and EAS.

609 21.4.1 Pressure gauge Typ: MC 784 AviaExam6458 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

If a manifold pressure gauge consistently registers atmospheric pressure, the


cause is probably;

leak in pressure gauge line.

too high float level.

fuel of too low volatility.

ice in induction system.

610 21.1.1.3 Airspeed indicator Typ: MC 1051 AviaExam15052 11/21/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

In the absence of position and instrument errors:

IAS = CAS.

IAS = EAS.

CAS = EAS.

CAS = TAS.
TM-Editor 25.04.2016
020-Aircraft General Knowledge A .LTM Seite 185

611 20.3.1.11 Engine handling and manipulation Typ: MC 319 AviaExam6461 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

A manifold pressure gauge of a piston engine measures:

absolute pressure in intake system near the inlet valve.

absolute air pressure entering the carburettor.

fuel pressure leaving the carburettor.

vacuum in the carburettor.

612 21.2.1 Flight Director Typ: MC 1052 AviaExam15053 11/21/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

The vertical command bar of a flight director:

1 - repeats the position information given by the EHSI


2 - repeats the position information given by the VOR
3 - gives information about the direction and the amplitude of the corrections
to be applied on the bank of the aircraft

The combination regrouping all the correct statements is:

3.

1, 2, 3.

1, 3.

2, 3.

613 21.2.1 Flight Director Typ: MC 1053 AviaExam15054 11/21/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

The vertical command bar of a flight director:

gives information about the direction and the amplitude of the


corrections to be applied on the control commands.

repeats the position information given by the EHSI.

repeats the position information given by the VOR.

gives information only about the direction of the corrections to be


applied on the bank of the aircraft.
TM-Editor 25.04.2016
020-Aircraft General Knowledge A .LTM Seite 186

614 21.2.1 Flight Director Typ: MC 1054 AviaExam15055 11/21/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

The vertical command bar of a flight director:

1 - repeats the position information given by the ILS in the horizontal plane
2 - repeats the position information given by the ILS in the vertical plane
3 - gives information about the direction and the amplitude of the corrections
to be applied on the bank of the aircraft

The combination regrouping all the correct statements is:

3.

1.

2, 3.

1, 3.

615 21.2.1 Flight Director Typ: MC 1055 AviaExam15056 11/21/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

The vertical command bar of a flight director:

gives information about the direction and the amplitude of the


corrections to be applied on the control commands.

repeats the position information given by the ILS in the horizontal plane.

repeats the position information given by the ILS in the vertical plane.

gives information only about the direction of the corrections to be


applied on the bank of the aircraft.
TM-Editor 25.04.2016
020-Aircraft General Knowledge A .LTM Seite 187

616 21.2.1 Flight Director Typ: MC 1056 AviaExam15057 11/21/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

The horizontal command bar of a flight director:

1 - repeats the position information given by the ILS in the horizontal plane
2 - repeats the position information given by the ILS in the vertical plane
3 - gives information about the direction and the amplitude of the corrections
to be applied on the pitch of the aircraft.

The combination regrouping all the correct statements is:

3.

2.

2, 3.

1, 3.

617 21.2.1 Flight Director Typ: MC 1057 AviaExam15058 11/21/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

The horizontal command bar of a flight director:

gives information about the direction and the amplitude of the


corrections to be applied on the pitch of the aircraft.

repeats the position information given by the ILS in the horizontal plane.

repeats the position information given by the ILS in the vertical plane.

gives information only about the direction of the corrections to be


applied on the pitch of the aircraft.

618 21.2.1 Flight Director Typ: MC 1058 AviaExam15059 11/21/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

The command bars of a flight director:

may be displayed when flying manually.

are displayed only if the autopilot is engaged.

are always displayed when the autopilot is engaged.

are always displayed during take-off.


TM-Editor 25.04.2016
020-Aircraft General Knowledge A .LTM Seite 188

619 21.2.1 Flight Director Typ: MC 1059 AviaExam15060 11/21/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

The command bars of a flight director:

may be displayed when flying manually or with the autopilot engaged.

are displayed only when flying manually.

are displayed only when the autopilot is engaged.

are always displayed during take-off.

620 21.2.1 Flight Director Typ: MC 1060 AviaExam15061 11/21/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

Considering a flight director of the "command bars" type:

1 - the vertical bar is always associated with the roll channel


2 - the vertical bar may be associated with the pitch channel
3 - the horizontal bar may be associated with the roll channel
4 - the horizontal bar is always associated with the pitch channel

The combination regrouping all the correct statements is:

1, 4.

1, 2, 4.

1, 3, 4.

1, 2, 3, 4.

621 21.2.1 Flight Director Typ: MC 1061 AviaExam15062 11/21/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

Considering a flight director of the "command bars" type:

the vertical bar is associated with the roll channel.

the vertical bar is associated with the pitch channel.

the horizontal bar is associated with the roll channel.

the horizontal bar may be associated with the roll channel.


TM-Editor 25.04.2016
020-Aircraft General Knowledge A .LTM Seite 189

622 21.2.1 Flight Director Typ: MC 1062 AviaExam15063 11/21/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

Considering a flight director of the "command bars" type:

the horizontal bar is associated with the pitch channel.

the horizontal bar is associated with the roll channel.

the vertical bar is associated with the pitch channel.

the vertical bar may be associated with the pitch channel.

623 20.3.1.5 Engine fuel supply Typ: MC 324 AviaExam6596 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

A fuel strainer when fitted to a carburettor will be positioned:

upstream of the needle valve.

between the needle valve and the metering jet.

between the metering jet and the discharge nozzle.

downstream of the discharge nozzle.

624 20.3.1.9 Mixture Typ: MC 327 AviaExam6599 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

In a piston engine, the purpose of an altitude mixture control is to:

correct for variations in the fuel/air ratio due to decreased air density at
altitude.

prevent a weak cut when the throttle is opened rapidly at altitude.

weaken the mixture strength because of reduced exhaust back pressure


at altitude.

enrich the mixture strength due to decreased air density at altitude.

625 20.3.1.4 Ignition Typ: MC 329 AviaExam6601 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

Under normal running conditions a magneto draws primary current:

from a self-contained electro-magnetic induction system.

from the booster coil.

directly from the aircraft batteries.

from the aircraft batteries via an inverter.


TM-Editor 25.04.2016
020-Aircraft General Knowledge A .LTM Seite 190

626 20.3.1.7 Power augmentation devices Typ: MC 331 AviaExam6604 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

The air in a piston engine supercharger enters the centrifugal compressor at:

the eye of the impeller and leaves it almost at a tangent to the periphery.

the diffuser and is fed to the impeller at the optimum angle of attack.

the periphery and leaves via the eye of the impeller.

a tangent to the rotor and leaves via the stator.

627 20.3.1.7 Power augmentation devices Typ: MC 332 AviaExam6606 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

In a piston engine, turbocharger boost pressure may be monitored by:

a manifold pressure gauge only.

a cylinder head temperature gauge (CHT), a manifold pressure gauge,


and engine rpm readings.

both a CHT gauge and manifold pressure gauge.

both engine rpm readings and a manifold pressure gauge.

628 20.3.4.7 Thrust Typ: MC 333 AviaExam6607 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

An engine pressure ratio (EPR) gauge reading normally shows the ratio of:

jet pipe pressure to compressor inlet pressure.

jet pipe pressure to combustion chamber pressure.

combustion chamber pressure to compressor inlet pressure.

compressor outlet pressure to compressor inlet pressure.

629 20.3.3.4 Combustion chamber Typ: MC 334 AviaExam6608 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

In a gas turbine engine, the maximum gas temperature is attained:

within the combustion chamber.

across the turbine.

in the cooling airflow around the flame tube.

at the entry to the exhaust unit.


TM-Editor 25.04.2016
020-Aircraft General Knowledge A .LTM Seite 191

630 20.3.3.2 Compressor Typ: MC 335 AviaExam6610 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

The diffuser in a centrifugal compressor is a device in which the:

pressure rises and velocity falls.

pressure rises at a constant velocity.

velocity, pressure and temperature rise.

velocity rises and pressure falls.

631 20.3.3.5 Turbine Typ: MC 336 AviaExam6611 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

A "fan" stage of a ducted-fan turbine engine is driven by:

the low pressure turbine.

the high pressure compressor through reduction gearing.

the high pressure turbine.

airflow drawn across it by the high pressure compressor.

632 20.3.3.5 Turbine Typ: MC 337 AviaExam6613 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

In a free turbine engine:

there is no mechanical connection between the compressor and the


power output shaft.

its shaft may be connected to either a compressor or another turbine.

the air enters the compressor via the input turbine.

the compressor and power output shaft are mechanically connected.

633 20.3.3.2 Compressor Typ: MC 338 AviaExam6614 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

The fan in a high by-pass ratio turbo-jet engine produces:

the greater part of the thrust.

half the thrust.

the lesser part of the thrust.

none of the thrust.


TM-Editor 25.04.2016
020-Aircraft General Knowledge A .LTM Seite 192

634 20.3.3.10 Bleed air Typ: MC 339 AviaExam6615 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

At constant fuel flow, if engine compressor air is bled off for engine anti-icing
or a similar system, the turbine temperature:

will rise.

will be unchanged.

may rise or fall depending on which stage of the compressor is used for
the bleed and the rpm of the engine at the moment of selection.

will fall.

635 20.3.4.3 Engine start malfunctions Typ: MC 341 AviaExam6617 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

A "hung start" is the failure of an engine to accelerate to its normal idle


speed. It may be caused by:

an attempt to ignite the fuel before the engine has been accelerated
sufficiently by the starter.

compressor surging.

the starter cutting out early in the starting sequence before the engine
has accelerated to the required rpm for ignition.

failure of the fuel to ignite in the starting sequence after the engine has
been accelerated to the required rpm by the starter.

636 21.4.8 Vibration monitoring Typ: MC 797 AviaExam6618 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

In an engine vibration monitoring system for a turbojet any vibration produced


by the engine is:

amplified and filtered before being fed to the cockpit indicator.

inversely proportional to engine speed.

directly proportional to engine speed.

fed directly to the cockpit indicator without amplification or filtering.


TM-Editor 25.04.2016
020-Aircraft General Knowledge A .LTM Seite 193

637 20.3.3.8 Reverse thrust Typ: MC 342 AviaExam6619 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

A reverse thrust door warning light on the flight deck instrument panel
illuminates when:

the reverser doors are unlocked.

the reverser doors are locked.

reverse has been selected but the doors have remained locked.

the reverser doors have moved to the reverse thrust position.

638 20.3.1.9 Mixture Typ: MC 346 AviaExam6625 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

The mixture control for a carburettor achieves its control by:

varying the fuel supply to the main discharge tube.

moving the butterfly valve through a separate linkage to the main throttle
control.

altering the depression on the main discharge tube.

varying the air supply to the main discharge tube.

639 20.3.1.4 Ignition Typ: MC 347 AviaExam6626 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

The purpose of a distributor in an ignition system is to distribute:

secondary current to the sparking plugs.

primary current to the condenser.

secondary current to the condenser.

primary current to the sparking plugs.

640 20.3.1.4 Ignition Typ: MC 348 AviaExam6627 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

The very rapid magnetic field changes (flux) around the primary coil in a
magneto are accomplished by the:

contact breaker points opening.

distributor arm aligning with one of the high tension segments.

contact breaker points closing.

rotor turning past the position of maximum flux in the armature.


TM-Editor 25.04.2016
020-Aircraft General Knowledge A .LTM Seite 194

641 20.3.1.7 Power augmentation devices Typ: MC 350 AviaExam6629 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

A turbocharger system is normally driven by:

the exhaust system.

an electric motor.

an hydraulic motor.

an electrically activated hydraulically powered clutch.

642 20.3.1.7 Power augmentation devices Typ: MC 351 AviaExam6630 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

A turbocharger consists of a:

compressor and turbine mounted on a common shaft.

compressor and turbine on individual shafts.

compressor driving a turbine via a reduction gear.

turbine driving a compressor via a reduction gear.

643 20.3.3.2 Compressor Typ: MC 352 AviaExam6631 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

In a single spool gas turbine engine, the compressor rpm is:

the same as turbine rpm.

independent of turbine rpm.

greater than turbine rpm.

less than turbine rpm.

644 20.3.3.5 Turbine Typ: MC 353 AviaExam6632 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

When the combustion gases pass through a turbine the:

pressure drops.

pressure rises.

axial velocity of the flow decreases.

temperature increases.
TM-Editor 25.04.2016
020-Aircraft General Knowledge A .LTM Seite 195

645 20.3.4.2 Starter Typ: MC 354 AviaExam6633 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

For a turbine engine, the term self-sustaining speed relates to the speed at
which the engine:

will run without any external assistance.

is designed to idle after starting.

operates most efficiently in the cruise..

will enable the generators to supply bus-bar voltage.

646 20.3.3.2 Compressor Typ: MC 356 AviaExam6636 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

In a gas turbine engine, compressor blades, which are not rigidly fixed in
position when the engine is stationary, take up a rigid position when the
engine is running due to:

the resultant of aerodynamic and centrifugal forces.

oil pressure.

thermal expansion.

blade creep.

647 20.3.3.5 Turbine Typ: MC 359 AviaExam6641 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

Turbine blade stages may be classed as either "impulse" or "reaction". In an


impulse turbine stage:

the pressure drops across the stator blades and remains constant
across the rotor blades.

the pressure rises across the stator blades and remains constant across
the rotor blades.

the pressure remains constant across the stator blades and drops
across the rotor blades.

the pressure remains constant across stator blades and rises across the
rotor blades.
TM-Editor 25.04.2016
020-Aircraft General Knowledge A .LTM Seite 196

648 20.2.1.2 Batteries Typ: MC 361 AviaExam6644 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

A test to assess the state of charge of a lead-acid battery would involve:

comparing the "on-load" and "off-load" battery voltages.

checking the level of the electrolyte.

checking the discharge current of the battery "on-load".

checking the battery voltage "off-load".

649 20.2.1.1 General Typ: MC 362 AviaExam6645 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

When an "open circuit" occurs in an electrical supply system, the:

loss of continuity will prevent its working components from functioning.

fuse or CB should isolate the circuit due to excess current drawn.

component will operate normally, but will not switch off.

load as indicated by the ammeter will increase.

650 20.2.1.5 Distribution Typ: MC 363 AviaExam6646 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

When two DC generators are operating in parallel, control of load sharing is


achieved by:

an equalising circuit which, in conjunction with the voltage regulators,


varies the field excitation current of the generators.

an equalising circuit which, in turn, controls the speed of the generators.

carrying out systematic load-shedding procedures.

the synchronous bus-bar.

651 20.2.2.3 AC power distribution Typ: MC 364 AviaExam6647 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

Because of the connection in parallel of electrical equipments on an AC bus


bar, isolation of individual equipments:

decreases the bus bar current consumption.

increases the bus bar current consumption.

decreases the bus bar voltage.

increases the bus bar voltage.


TM-Editor 25.04.2016
020-Aircraft General Knowledge A .LTM Seite 197

652 20.2.2.2 Generators Typ: MC 368 AviaExam6653 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

The function of a constant speed drive (CSD) in an AC generating system is


to:

drive the generator at a constant speed.

vary generator rpm in order to compensate for various AC loads.

directly maintain a constant proportion between the rpm of an engine


and a generator.

vary the engine rpm (within limits) to compensate for various AC loads.

653 20.2.2.3 AC power distribution Typ: MC 369 AviaExam6654 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

If two constant frequency AC generators are operating independently, then


the phase relation between both generators:

is unimportant.

must be synchronised.

must be 120° out of phase.

must be 240° out of phase.

654 20.2.2.3 AC power distribution Typ: MC 370 AviaExam6655 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

To ensure correct load sharing between AC generators operating in parallel:

both real and reactive loads must be matched.

the matching of loads is unimportant.

only reactive loads need to be matched.

only real loads need to be matched.

655 20.2.2.2 Generators Typ: MC 372 AviaExam6658 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

A CSD of an AC generator may be disconnected in flight. The primary


reason(s) for disconnection are:

low oil pressure and/or high oil temperature of the generator drive.

excessive variation of voltage and kVAR.

illumination of the CSD disconnect warning light.

slight variation about the normal operating frequency.


TM-Editor 25.04.2016
020-Aircraft General Knowledge A .LTM Seite 198

656 20.2.2.2 Generators Typ: MC 373 AviaExam6659 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

A CSD unit which has been disconnected in flight:

may be reset on the ground only, after engine shut-down.

may be reset in flight using the reset mechanism.

automatically resets in flight providing engine rpm is below a given


value.

automatically resets at engine shut-down.

657 21.2.5 Automatic pitch trim Typ: MC 798 AviaExam6663 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

Which one of the following statements is true with regard to the operation of a
Mach trim system:

It only operates above a pre-determined Mach number.

It operates to counteract the larger than normal forward movements of


the wing centre of pressure at high subsonic airspeeds.

It only operates when the autopilot is engaged.

It operates over the full aircraft speed range.

658 20.2.1.3 Magnetism Typ: MC 378 AviaExam6668 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

When a conductor cuts the flux of a magnetic field:

an electromotive force (EMF) is induced in the conductor.

there will be no effect on the conductor.

the field will collapse.

current will flow in accordance with Flemings left hand rule.

659 20.2.1.4 Generators Typ: MC 379 AviaExam6669 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

In order that DC generators will achieve equal load sharing when operating in
parallel, it is necessary to ensure that:

their voltages are almost equal.

the synchronising bus-bar is disconnected from the busbar system.

equal loads are connected to each generator busbar before paralleling.

adequate voltage differences exists.


TM-Editor 25.04.2016
020-Aircraft General Knowledge A .LTM Seite 199

660 20.2.1.1 General Typ: MC 381 AviaExam6672 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

A current limiter fuse in a DC generation system is used to:

allow a short term overload before rupturing.

limit the current in the field circuit.

instantaneously rupture to limit the current in the load.

limit the current in the armature.

661 20.2.2.2 Generators Typ: MC 385 AviaExam6676 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

An AC generator driven by a CSD unit:

requires a voltage controller to maintain constant voltage under load.

does not need a voltage controller since the CSD will ensure constant
voltage.

does not need a voltage controller since an AC generator voltage cannot


alter under load.

requires a voltage controller to maintain constant frequency.

662 20.2.2.2 Generators Typ: MC 209 AviaExam6677 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

Assuming a CSD fault is indicated, the CSD should be disconnected:

provided the engine is running.

at flight idle engine rpm only.

when the AC generator voltage is outside limits.

on the ground only.

663 20.2.2.2 Generators Typ: MC 213 AviaExam6681 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

"Frequency wild" in relation to a AC generation system means the generator:

output frequency varies with engine speed.

output frequency is too high.

voltage regulator is out of adjustment.

output frequency is too low.


TM-Editor 25.04.2016
020-Aircraft General Knowledge A .LTM Seite 200

664 20.2.2.1 General Typ: MC 386 AviaExam6682 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

When the supply frequency in a circuit with a capacitor is increased, the


current in this circuit will:

increase.

be zero.

decrease.

remain the same.

665 20.2.2.6 Transformer/rectifier units Typ: MC 389 AviaExam6685 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

On an aeroplane using AC as primary power supply, the batteries are charged


in flight from:

a Transformer Rectifier Unit.

a static inverter.

a DC transformer and rectifier.

the AC bus via current limiters.

666 20.2.1.2 Batteries Typ: MC 396 AviaExam6688 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

When a battery is almost fully discharged there is a tendency for the:

voltage to decrease under load.

voltage to increase due to the current available.

current produced to increase due to the reduced voltage.

electrolyte to "boil".

667 20.2.1.2 Batteries Typ: MC 397 AviaExam6689 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

Immediately after starting engine(s) with no other electrical services switched


on, an ammeter showing a high charge rate to the battery:

would be normal and is only cause for concern if the high charge rate
persists.

indicates a battery failure since there should be no immediate charge.

indicates a generator failure, thus requiring the engine to be shut down


immediately.

indicates a faulty reverse current relay.


TM-Editor 25.04.2016
020-Aircraft General Knowledge A .LTM Seite 201

668 20.2.1.3 Magnetism Typ: MC 399 AviaExam6691 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

A "trip-free" type circuit breaker is a circuit protection device which:

will not allow the contacts to be held closed while a current fault exists
in the circuit.

is free from the normal CB tripping characteristic.

can be reset at any time.

will allow the contacts to be held closed in order to clear a fault in the
circuit.

669 20.2.2.2 Generators Typ: MC 400 AviaExam6696 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

The function of a CSD in an AC generating system is to:

drive the generator at a constant speed.

vary the engine rpm (within limits) to compensate for various AC loads.

vary generator rpm in order to compensate for various AC loads.

directly maintain a constant proportion between the rpm of engine and


generator.

670 20.2.2.2 Generators Typ: MC 401 AviaExam6698 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

The frequency of an AC generator is dependent on the:

number of pairs of poles and the speed of the moving part.

number of individual poles and the field strength.

field strength and the speed of the moving part.

number of individual poles only.

671 20.1.9.2 Air conditioning system Typ: MC 404 AviaExam6710 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

"Conditioned" air is air that has:

been controlled in respect of temperature and pressure.

had any moisture removed from it.

had the oxygen content increased.

had the oxygen content reduced.


TM-Editor 25.04.2016
020-Aircraft General Knowledge A .LTM Seite 202

672 20.1.8.3 Pressurization Typ: MC 405 AviaExam6712 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

A cabin pressure controller maintains a pre-set cabin altitude by regulating


the:

position of the outflow valve(s).

mass air flow into the cabin.

position of the inward relief valve.

position of the duct relief valve(s).

673 20.1.7.1 Basic principles of hydromechanics Typ: MC 406 AviaExam6716 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

In the hydraulic press schematically shown, what balancing Force would be


acting on the right hand side ? (The diagram is not to scale)

100 N.

1000 N.

20 N.

1 N.

674 20.1.7.2 Hydraulic systems Typ: MC 407 AviaExam6717 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

Assuming an accumulator is pre-charged with air to 1000 psi and the


hydraulic system is pressurised to 1500 psi, the accumulator gauge will read:

1500 psi.

2500 psi.

1000 psi.

500 psi.

675 20.1.7.1 Basic principles of hydromechanics Typ: MC 408 AviaExam6718 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

Internal leakage in a hydraulic system will cause:

an increased fluid temperature.

fluid loss.

a decreased fluid temperature.

an increased fluid pressure.


TM-Editor 25.04.2016
020-Aircraft General Knowledge A .LTM Seite 203

676 20.1.5 Landing Gear Typ: MC 409 AviaExam6719 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

On large aeroplanes equipped with power brakes, the main source of power is
derived from:

the aeroplane's hydraulic system.

the master cylinders.

pressure to the rudder pedals.

the brake actuators.

677 20.1.9.2 Air conditioning system Typ: MC 413 AviaExam6726 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

The term "Bootstrap", when used to identify a cabin air conditioning and
pressurisation system, refers to the:

cold air unit (air cycle machine) arrangement.

source of the charge air.

means by which pressurisation is controlled.

charge air across the inter-cooler heat exchanger.

678 20.1.9.2 Air conditioning system Typ: MC 414 AviaExam6727 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

In a bootstrap cooling system the supply air is first:

compressed, passed through a secondary heat exchanger, and then


across an expansion turbine.

passed across an expansion turbine, then compressed and passed


through a secondary heat exchanger.

passed across an expansion turbine, then directly to the heat


exchanger.

used to increase the cabin air supply pressure when the charge
pressure is too low.
TM-Editor 25.04.2016
020-Aircraft General Knowledge A .LTM Seite 204

679 20.1.8.3 Pressurization Typ: MC 415 AviaExam6728 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

The term "pressure cabin" applies when an aeroplane:

has the means to maintain cabin pressure higher than ambient pressure.

is only pressurised in the area of the control cabin.

has the ability to maintain a constant cabin differential pressure at all


flight altitudes.

has the ability to maintain a constant cabin altitude at all flight altitudes.

680 20.1.8.3 Pressurization Typ: MC 416 AviaExam6729 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

Under normal flight conditions, cabin pressure is controlled by:

regulating the discharge of air through the outflow valve(s).

pressurisation duct relief valve(s).

engine rpm.

inward relief valve(s).

681 20.1.8.3 Pressurization Typ: MC 417 AviaExam6730 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

Assuming cabin differential pressure has attained the required value in


normal flight conditions, if flight altitude is maintained:

a constant mass air flow is permitted through the cabin.

the pressurisation system ceases to function until leakage reduces the


pressure.

the outflow valves will move to the fully open position.

the pressurisation system must be controlled manually.

682 20.1.8.3 Pressurization Typ: MC 418 AviaExam6731 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

Assuming cabin pressure decreases, the cabin rate of climb indicator should
indicate:

a rate of climb.

a rate of descent of approximately 300 feet per minutes.

zero.

a rate of descent dependent upon the cabin differential pressure.


TM-Editor 25.04.2016
020-Aircraft General Knowledge A .LTM Seite 205

683 20.1.7.1 Basic principles of hydromechanics Typ: MC 419 AviaExam6732 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

The level in a hydraulic reservoir will:

fluctuate with accumulator pressure.

always remain the same.

initially increase with system pressurisation.

increase as ambient temperature decreases.

684 20.1.7.2 Hydraulic systems Typ: MC 420 AviaExam6734 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

An accumulator in a hydraulic system will:

store fluid under pressure.

increase pressure surges within the system.

reduce fluid temperature and pressure.

reduce fluid temperature only.

685 20.1.7.1 Basic principles of hydromechanics Typ: MC 421 AviaExam6735 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

Assuming a hydraulic accumulator is pre-charged with air to 1000 psi. If the


hydraulic system is then pressurised to its operating pressure of 3000 psi, the
indicated pressure on the air side of the accumulator should be:

3000 psi.

2000 psi.

1000 psi.

4000 psi.
TM-Editor 25.04.2016
020-Aircraft General Knowledge A .LTM Seite 206

686 20.1.7.2 Hydraulic systems Typ: MC 422 AviaExam6736 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

The schematic diagram annexed illustrates an actuator and a selector valve in


a typical hydraulic system. Assuming hydraulic pressure throughout and no
internal leakage:

a condition of hydraulic lock exists and no movement of the piston will


take place.

since pressures are equal, the piston is free to move in response to


external forces.

the piston moves to the left due to pressure acting on differential areas.

the piston moves to the right due to equal pressure acting on differential
areas.

687 20.1.7.1 Basic principles of hydromechanics Typ: MC 423 AviaExam6737 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

In hydraulic system, a shuttle valve:

enables an alternate system to operate the same actuators in case of


normal system failure.

is a non-return valve.

allows two units to be operated by one pressure source.

regulates pump delivery pressure.

688 20.1.7.1 Basic principles of hydromechanics Typ: MC 424 AviaExam6738 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

To allow for failure of the normal method of system pressure limiting control,
a hydraulic system often incorporates

a high pressure relief valve.

a stand-by hydraulic pump.

an accumulator.

auxiliary hydraulic motors.


TM-Editor 25.04.2016
020-Aircraft General Knowledge A .LTM Seite 207

689 20.1.7.2 Hydraulic systems Typ: MC 425 AviaExam6739 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

The Ram Air Turbine (RAT) provides emergency hydraulic power for:

flight controls in the event of loss of engine driven hydraulic power.

nose wheel steering after the aeroplane has landed.

undercarriage selection and automatic brake system.

flap extension only.

690 20.1.11.4 Fuel system monitoring Typ: MC 426 AviaExam6741 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

In a compensated capacitance type quantity indicating system, the contents


gauge of a half-full fuel tank indicates a fuel mass of 8000 kg. If a temperature
rise increased the volume of fuel by 5%, the indicated fuel mass would:

remain the same.

increase by 5%.

decrease by 5%.

increase by 10%.

691 20.1.5 Landing Gear Typ: MC 427 AviaExam6743 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

Tyre "creep" may be described as the:

circumferential movement of the tyre in relation to the wheel flange.

the increase in inflation pressure due to decrease in ambient


temperature.

the decrease in inflation pressure due to increase in ambient


temperature.

gradual circumferential increase of tyre wear.


TM-Editor 25.04.2016
020-Aircraft General Knowledge A .LTM Seite 208

692 20.4.3 Fire detection Typ: MC 429 AviaExam6746 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

Continuous loop fire detector systems operate on the principle that an


increase in temperature produces:

a decrease in resistance

an increase in resistance

a decrease in the reference current

a decrease in pressure

693 20.3.1.12 Operational criteria Typ: MC 442 AviaExam7181 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

If the engine, with a fixed pitch propeller, is detonating during climb-out after
takeoff, the normal corrective action would be to:

reduce the throttle

increase the rate of climb

lean the mixture

apply carburettor heat.

694 20.3.1.4 Ignition Typ: MC 446 AviaExam7215 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

Dual ignition provides a factor of safety and

improves combustion.

provides more voltage

aids in starting

saves wear caused be using one magneto constantly

695 20.3.1.4 Ignition Typ: MC 448 AviaExam7219 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

An aircraft magneto is switched off by

grounding the primary circuit

opening the primary circuit

opening the secondary circuit

grounding the secondary circuit.


TM-Editor 25.04.2016
020-Aircraft General Knowledge A .LTM Seite 209

696 20.3.1.5 Engine fuel supply Typ: MC 449 AviaExam7220 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

Spark timing is related to engine speed in the way that the:

faster the engine functions, the more the spark is advanced

slower the engine functions, the more the spark is advanced

faster the engine functions, the further past TDC the spark occurs

faster the engine functions, the more retarded the spark is.

697 20.3.4.5 Lubrication Typ: MC 391 AviaExam7236 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

Vents in oil tanks are primarily to

prevent excessive pressure from building up in tank

prevent overthrow

allow for expansion of hot oil

eliminate foaming.

698 20.2.2.2 Generators Typ: MC 459 AviaExam7695 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

A Constant Speed Drive aims at ensuring

that the electric generator produces a constant frequency.

that the starter-motor maintains a constant RPM not withstanding the


acceleration of the engine.

that the CSD remains at a constant RPM not withstanding the generator
RPM

equal AC voltage from all generators.


TM-Editor 25.04.2016
020-Aircraft General Knowledge A .LTM Seite 210

699 20.1.1 Fuselage Typ: MC 460 AviaExam7737 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

The reason for the fact that an aeroplane designed for long distances cannot
simply be used for short haul flights at higher frequencies is that

the lifetime of the fatigue sensitive parts has been based on a


determined load spectrum

the procedures and checklists for this kind of aeroplanes will take too
much time

these aeroplanes often consume too much fuel on short haul flights.

in that case some fuel tanks remain empty during the whole flight, which
stresses the aeroplane's structure in an unacceptable way

700 20.1.5 Landing Gear Typ: MC 461 AviaExam7753 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

The ABS (Auto Brake System) is being disconnected after landing ..

by pilot action

automatically

at a certain low speed

the system is always armed

701 20.4.5 Aircraft oxygen equipment Typ: MC 463 AviaExam7758 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

A pressurized aeroplane is operated at FL 300. It undergoes a rapid


decompression so that the pressure in the cabin goes quickly down to the
outside pressure value. What happens concerning the oxygen system ?

the oxygen masks are automatically presented to cabin crew members


and passengers

the oxygen masks are automatically presented to flight crew members

if the automatic mask presentation has been activated, the oxygen will
flow within the first 3 minutes

manual override of the automatic presentation of passenger oxygen


masks is, generally speaking, not possible
TM-Editor 25.04.2016
020-Aircraft General Knowledge A .LTM Seite 211

702 20.1.5 Landing Gear Typ: MC 467 AviaExam7807 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

The part of the flight that will cause the highest loads on the torsion link in a
bogie gear is

Taxiing with a small turning radius.

Touch down with crosswind

Gear down selection

Braking with an inoperative anti skid system.

703 20.1.6.2 Secondary controls lift augmentation Typ: MC 470 AviaExam7850 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

The reason for the trim switch on a control column to consist of two separate
switches is

To reduce the probability of a trim-runaway

To prevent that both pilots perform opposite trim inputs.

Because there are two trim motors.

To be able to use two different trim speeds, slow trim rate at high speed
and high trim rate at low speed

704 20.1.8.3 Pressurization Typ: MC 471 AviaExam7852 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

Assume that during cruise flight with air-conditioning packs ON, the outflow
valve(s) would close. The result would be that:

the pressure differential would go to the maximum value

the cabin pressure would become equal to the ambient outside air
pressure

the air supply would automatically be stopped

the skin of the cabin would be overstressed


TM-Editor 25.04.2016
020-Aircraft General Knowledge A .LTM Seite 212

705 20.1.9.2 Air conditioning system Typ: MC 472 AviaExam7889 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

The function of an air cycle machine is to:

cool the bleed air.

decrease the pressure of the bleed air.

remove the water from the bleed air.

pump the conditioned air into the cabin.

706 20.4.1 Doors and emergency exits Typ: MC 474 AviaExam7904 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

A manual inflation handle:

serves to actuate inflation of a slide when automatic inflation fails

serves to inflate a life jacket when the normal inflation function fails

operates a hand pump for manual inflation of a slide

is generally not applied on slides.

707 20.1.5 Landing Gear Typ: MC 476 AviaExam8170 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

The function of a fusible plug is to

protect the tyre against explosion due to excessive temperature.

protect the brake against brake disk fusion due to excessive


temperature.

function as a special circuit breaker in the electric system

protect against excessive pressure in the pneumatic system.

708 20.1.8.3 Pressurization Typ: MC 477 AviaExam8173 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

If the pressure in the cabin tends to become lower than the outside ambient
air pressure the:

negative pressure relief valve will open.

negative pressure relief valve will close

outflow valve open completely.

air cycle machine will stop.


TM-Editor 25.04.2016
020-Aircraft General Knowledge A .LTM Seite 213

709 21.1.1.3.4 max. speed indicator, VMO/MMO pointer Typ: MC 811 AviaExam9118 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

Considering an airspeed indicator, a second stripped needle, if installed,


indicates:

maximum operating speed (VMO).

never-exceed speed (VNE).

never-exceed speed (VNE) or maximum operating speed (VMO),


depending on which is the lowest.

never-exceed speed (VNE) or maximum operating speed (VMO),


depending on which is the higher.

710 21.2.1 Flight Director Typ: MC 812 AviaExam9158 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

The flight director is engaged in the heading select mode (HDG SEL) , heading
180° selected. When heading is 160°, the vertical bar of the FD:

is cantered if the bank angle of the aircraft is equal to the bank angle
computed by the flight director calculator.

is cantered if the aircraft has a 20° left drift.

is cantered if the aircraft has a 20° right drift.

cannot be cantered.

711 21.4.3 RPM indicator Typ: MC 814 AviaExam9185 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

The RPM indicator (or tachometer) of a piston engine can include a small red
arc within the arc normally used (green arc)
In the RPM range corresponding to this small red arc the:

propeller generates vibration, continuous rating is forbidden

rating is the maximum possible in continuous mode

rating is the minimum usable in cruise

propeller efficiency is minimum at this rating


TM-Editor 25.04.2016
020-Aircraft General Knowledge A .LTM Seite 214

712 21.4.1 Pressure gauge Typ: MC 815 AviaExam9186 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

Different pressure sensors are used according to the intensity of the pressure
measured (low, medium or high)
Classify the following sensors by order of increasing pressure for which they
are suitable:
1- bellows type
2- Bourdon tube type
3- aneroid capsule type

3,1,2

1,2,3

3,2,1

2,1,3

713 21.3.4 Traffic collision avoidance system Typ: MC 816 AviaExam9188 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

TCAS 2 (Traffic Collision Avoidance System) uses for its operation:

the replies from the transponders of other aircrafts.

the echoes from the ground air traffic control radar system.

the echoes of collision avoidance radar system especially installed on


board.

both the replies from the transponders of other aircraft and the
ground-based radar echoes.

714 21.1.1.4 Mach meter Typ: MC 817 AviaExam9191 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

The Mach number is:

the ratio of the aircraft true airspeed to the sonic velocity at the altitude
considered

a direct function of temperature ; it varies in proportion to the square


root of the absolute temperature

the ratio of the indicated airspeed to the sonic velocity at the altitude
considered

the ratio of the aircraft conventional airspeed to the sonic velocity at the
altitude considered
TM-Editor 25.04.2016
020-Aircraft General Knowledge A .LTM Seite 215

715 21.2.5 Automatic pitch trim Typ: MC 818 AviaExam9197 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

Mach Trim is a device to compensate for:

backing of the aerodynamic centre at high Mach numbers by moving the


elevator to nose-up

the effects of fuel transfer between the main tanks and the tank located
in the horizontal tail

the effects of temperature variation during a climb or descent at


constant Mach

weight reduction resulting from fuel consumption during the cruise

716 20.4.5 Aircraft oxygen equipment Typ: MC 485 AviaExam9259 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

The type of a aircraft oxygen system intended for use by passengers, is


mostly:

a continuous flow system

a pressure demand system

portable equipment only

an air recycle system

717 20.4.3 Fire detection Typ: MC 486 AviaExam9260 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

A continuous loop detector system is a:

overheat detection system.

smoke detection system.

carbon dioxide warning system.

fire fighting system.


TM-Editor 25.04.2016
020-Aircraft General Knowledge A .LTM Seite 216

718 20.4.5 Aircraft oxygen equipment Typ: MC 487 AviaExam9264 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

The demand valve of a diluter-demand type oxygen regulator in normal mode,


operates when the:

user breathes in

diluter control is in normal position

user requires 100 percent oxygen

pressure in the oxygen reservoir is more than 500 psi

719 20.4.5 Aircraft oxygen equipment Typ: MC 488 AviaExam9265 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

The purpose of the "Pressure Relief Valve" in a high pressure oxygen system
is to:

relieve overpressure if the pressure reducing valve malfunctions

reduce pressure in the oxygen reservoir to a suitable manifold pressure


for the regulator

act as a manual shut-off valve

maximize the charging pressure of the system

720 21.1.1.4 Mach meter Typ: MC 821 AviaExam9270 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

Indication of Mach number is obtained from:

Indicated speed and altitude using a speed indicator equipped with an


altimeter type aneroid

An ordinary airspeed indicator scaled for Mach numbers instead of


knots

A kind of echo sound comparing velocity of sound with indicated speed

Indicated speed (IAS) compared with true air speed (TAS) from the air
data computer
TM-Editor 25.04.2016
020-Aircraft General Knowledge A .LTM Seite 217

721 21.2.7 Auto-thrust Typ: MC 825 AviaExam9277 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

The purpose of Auto Throttle is:

to maintain constant engine power or airplane speed

automatic shut down of one engine at too high temperature

to deactivate manual throttles and transfer engine control to Auto Pilot

to synchronize engines to avoid "yawing"

722 21.2.5 Automatic pitch trim Typ: MC 826 AviaExam9278 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

The purpose of Auto Trim function in autopilot is to:

control elevator trim tab in order to relieve elevator load

help Auto Pilot compensate for crosswind influence

tell the pilot when elevator trimming is required

trim throttles to obtain smooth engine power variation

723 21.3.2 Altitude alert system Typ: MC 827 AviaExam9279 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

The altitude alerting system:

alerts the flight crew upon approaching a pre-selected altitude.

generates a signal once the aircraft is steady at the pre-selected altitude.

alerts the flight crew in case of ground proximity.

alerts the flight crew in case of an autopilot disengagement.


TM-Editor 25.04.2016
020-Aircraft General Knowledge A .LTM Seite 218

724 21.4.3 RPM indicator Typ: MC 828 AviaExam9360 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

The signal supplied by a transmitter fitted with a 3-phase AC generator,


connected to RPM indicator, is:

a three-phase voltage, the frequency of which varies with the RPM; the
indicator is provided with a motor which drives a magnetic tachometer

a DC voltage varying with the RPM; the indicator is a plain voltmeter with
a rev/min. scale

an AC voltage, the frequency of which varies with the RPM; the indicator
converts the signal into square pulses which are then counted

an AC voltage varying with the RPM; the indicator rectifies the signal via
a diode bridge and is provided with a voltmeter

725 21.4.3 RPM indicator Typ: MC 829 AviaExam9361 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

The signal supplied by a transmitter fitted with a magnetic sensor, connected


to an RPM indicator is:

an AC voltage, the frequency of which varies with the RPM; the indicator
converts the signal into square pulses which are then counted

a three-phase voltage frequency varies with the RPM; the indicator is


provided with a motor which drives a magnetic tachometer

a DC voltage varying with the RPM ; the indicator is a simple voltmeter


with a rev/min. scale

an AC voltage varying with the RPM ; the indicator rectifies the signal via
a diode bridge and is provided with a voltmeter

726 21.4.8 Vibration monitoring Typ: MC 830 AviaExam9362 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

A vibration indicator receives a signal from different sensors


(accelerometers). It indicates the:

vibration amplitude at a given frequency

acceleration measured by the sensors, expressed in g

vibration frequency expressed in Hz

vibration period expressed in seconds


TM-Editor 25.04.2016
020-Aircraft General Knowledge A .LTM Seite 219

727 21.4.3 RPM indicator Typ: MC 832 AviaExam9364 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

The transmitter of RPM indicator may consist of:


1- a magnetic sensor supplying an induced AC voltage
2- a DC generator supplying a DC voltage
3- a single-phase AC generator supplying an AC voltage
4- a three-phase AC generator supplying a three-phase voltage

The combination regrouping all the correct statements is:

1,2,3,4

2,3,4

1,4

1,2,3

728 21.4.5 Fuel gauge Typ: MC 833 AviaExam9365 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

The indication of a fuel float gauge varies with:


1- aircraft attitude
2- accelerations
3- atmospheric pressure
4- temperature

The combination regrouping all the correct statements is:

1,2,4

1,2,3,4

1,2

729 21.3.4 Traffic collision avoidance system Typ: MC 835 AviaExam9367 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

Concerning the TCAS (Traffic Collision Avoidance System):

No protection is available against aircraft not equipped with a


serviceable SSR transponder

In one of the system modes, the warning: "TOO LOW TERRAIN" is


generated

In one of the system modes, the warning: "PULL UP" is generated

Resolution Advisory (RA) must not be followed without obtaining


clearance from ATC
TM-Editor 25.04.2016
020-Aircraft General Knowledge A .LTM Seite 220

730 21.3.4 Traffic collision avoidance system Typ: MC 836 AviaExam9369 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

The TCAS 2 (Traffic Collision Avoidance System) gives avoidance resolutions:

only in the vertical plane

only in the horizontal plane

in horizontal and vertical planes

based on speed control

731 21.3.4 Traffic collision avoidance system Typ: MC 837 AviaExam9370 11/20/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

In the event of a conflict, the TCAS 2 (Traffic Collision alert and Avoidance
System) presents warnings to the crew such as:

"Climb" or "Descent"

"Turn left" or "Turn right"

"Too low terrain"

"Glide Slope"

732 21.4.2 Temperature gauge Typ: MC 839 AviaExam9374 11/21/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

An aircraft is flying at flight level FL180 and Mach number 0.36. Its onboard
thermometer reads TAT = - 5°C. Considering that the probe recovery
coefficient is 0.84, the present weather conditions compared with the
standard atmosphere are:

Standard + 10°C

Standard + 20°C

Standard

Standard + 30°C
TM-Editor 25.04.2016
020-Aircraft General Knowledge A .LTM Seite 221

733 21.1.2.1 Gyro fundamentals Typ: MC 841 AviaExam9443 11/21/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

One of the errors inherent in a ring laser gyroscope occurs at low input
rotation rates tending towards zero when a phenomenon known as 'lock-in' is
experienced. What is the name of the technique, effected by means of a
piezo-electric motor, that is used

dither

cavity rotation

zero drop

beam lock

734 20.4.2 Smoke detection Typ: MC 491 AviaExam9513 11/21/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

Smoke detectors fitted on transport aircraft are of the following type:

optical or ionization

chemical

electrical

magnetic

735 21.1.1.3 Airspeed indicator Typ: MC 847 AviaExam9522 11/21/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

An aircraft is descending from FL 390 to ground level at maximum speed. The


limits in speed will be:

initially the MMO, then the VMO below a certain flight level.

initially the VMO, then the MMO below a certain flight level.

the MMO only.

the VMO only.


TM-Editor 25.04.2016
020-Aircraft General Knowledge A .LTM Seite 222

736 21.3.2 Altitude alert system Typ: MC 848 AviaExam9754 11/21/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

The functions of the altitude alerting system is to alert the flight crew:

1 - upon approaching a pre-selected altitude


2 - upon approaching a pre-selected altitude, during climb only
3 - of a loss of altitude during take-off or missed approach
4 - of a wrong landing configuration
5 - when deviating from the selected altitude

The combination regrouping all the correct statements is:

1, 5.

2, 5.

3, 4.

1, 3, 4.

737 21.2.7 Auto-thrust Typ: MC 856 AviaExam9763 11/21/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

In order to know in which mode the auto-throttles are engaged, the crew will
check the:

PFD (Primary Flight Display)

ND (Navigation Display).

TCC (Thrust Control Computer).

throttles position.

738 21.1.1.4 Mach meter Typ: MC 805 AviaExam9793 11/21/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

Below the tropopause, when descending at constant CAS:

Mach number decreases and the velocity of sound increases.

Mach number increases and the velocity of sound decreases.

Mach number and the velocity of sound increase.

Mach number and the velocity of sound decrease.


TM-Editor 25.04.2016
020-Aircraft General Knowledge A .LTM Seite 223

739 20.4.4 Fire fighting equipment Typ: MC 492 AviaExam10013 11/21/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

In the cockpit of a transport airplane, at least one manual fire-extinguisher


must be conveniently located containing:

halon.

powder.

water.

special fluids.

740 20.4.5 Aircraft oxygen equipment Typ: MC 493 AviaExam10022 11/21/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

Oxygen systems on pressurized airplanes are used to provide oxygen:

1. In an emergency in the case of depressurization.


2. In an emergency in the case of the indisposition of a passenger.
3. During a normal flight.
4. In an emergency in case of smoke or toxic gases in the cockpit.

The combination regrouping all the correct statements is:

1,4

1, 2, 4

2, 3

741 20.4.5 Aircraft oxygen equipment Typ: MC 494 AviaExam10023 11/21/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

Modern pressurized transport airplanes are equipped with:

two independent oxygen systems, one supplying the cockpit, the other
the cabin.

only one oxygen system supplying the whole aircraft.

two oxygen systems both supplying the cockpit and the cabin.

only portable oxygen bottles.


TM-Editor 25.04.2016
020-Aircraft General Knowledge A .LTM Seite 224

742 20.4.5 Aircraft oxygen equipment Typ: MC 497 AviaExam10027 11/21/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

Chemical oxygen generators are used to furnish oxygen to the:

cabin only.

cockpit and the cabin.

cockpit only.

toilets only.

743 20.4.5 Aircraft oxygen equipment Typ: MC 498 AviaExam10028 11/21/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

The chemical oxygen generator supplies oxygen for about:

15 minutes.

30 minutes.

2 hours.

5 minutes.

744 20.4.5 Aircraft oxygen equipment Typ: MC 499 AviaExam10029 11/21/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

The advantages of a chemical oxygen source for the passenger cabin are:

1. reduced weight and volume,


2. easy storage and maintenance,
3. greater autonomy,
4. no risk of explosion,
5. reversible functioning,
6. no maintenance.

The combination regrouping all the correct statements is:

1, 2, 4, 6

1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6

2, 3, 5

1, 3, 4, 5
TM-Editor 25.04.2016
020-Aircraft General Knowledge A .LTM Seite 225

745 20.4.5 Aircraft oxygen equipment Typ: MC 500 AviaExam10030 11/21/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

The disadvantages of a chemical oxygen source for the passenger cabin are:

1. a flow which cannot be modulated,


2. a heavy and bulky system,
3. non reversible functioning,
4. risks of explosion,
5. poor autonomy.

The combination regrouping all the correct statements is:

1, 3, 5

1, 2, 3, 4, 5

2, 4

1, 2, 3, 5

746 20.4.5 Aircraft oxygen equipment Typ: MC 501 AviaExam10031 11/21/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

The advantages of a gaseous oxygen source for the passenger cabin are:

1. a greater autonomy,
2. no risk of explosion,
3. reversible functioning,
4. easy storage and maintenance,
5. possibility to regulate flow.

The combination regrouping all the correct statements is:

1, 3, 5

1, 2, 3, 4, 5

2, 4, 5

2, 3, 4
TM-Editor 25.04.2016
020-Aircraft General Knowledge A .LTM Seite 226

747 20.4.1 Doors and emergency exits Typ: MC 502 AviaExam10032 11/21/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

When the door operation of a transport airplane equipped with evacuation


slides in the armed position is opened from the outside, the slide:

is disarmed automatically.

unfolds and becomes inflated.

unfolds but does not become inflated.

becomes inflated in its container thus preventing its unfolding.

748 20.4.1 Doors and emergency exits Typ: MC 503 AviaExam10040 11/21/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

The purpose of the proximity of the emergency evacuation path marking


system is to:

give additional guidance during an emergency evacuation with a thick


smoke.

replace the overhead emergency lighting in case of failure.

mark only the thresholds exits.

guide the emergency evacuation during night only.

749 21.3.4 Traffic collision avoidance system Typ: MC 866 AviaExam10050 11/21/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

The TCAS 2 (Traffic Collision Avoidance System) provides:

1- traffic information (TA: Traffic Advisory)


2- horizontal resolution (RA: Resolution Advisory)
3- vertical resolution (RA: Resolution Advisory)
4- ground proximity warning

The combination regrouping all the correct statements is:

1, 3

1, 2

1, 2, 3

1, 2, 3, 4
TM-Editor 25.04.2016
020-Aircraft General Knowledge A .LTM Seite 227

750 21.3.4 Traffic collision avoidance system Typ: MC 867 AviaExam10051 11/21/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

The TCAS (Traffic Collision Avoidance System) computer receives


information:

1 - about the aircraft true airspeed


2 - about the airplane configuration
3 - about the pressure altitude through the mode C transponder
4 - from the radio altimeter

The combination regrouping all the correct statements is:

2, 3, 4.

1, 2,3.

1, 2, 4.

1, 3, 4.

751 21.3.4 Traffic collision avoidance system Typ: MC 869 AviaExam10063 11/21/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

When the intruding aircraft is equipped with a transponder without altitude


reporting capability, the TCAS (Traffic Collision Avoidance System) issues a:

"traffic advisory" only.

"traffic advisory" and vertical "resolution advisory".

"traffic advisory" and horizontal "resolution advisory".

"traffic advisory", vertical and horizontal "resolution advisory".

752 21.3.4 Traffic collision avoidance system Typ: MC 870 AviaExam10064 11/21/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

When the intruding aircraft is equipped with a serviceable mode C


transponder, the TCAS 2 (Traffic Collision Avoidance System) generates a:

"traffic advisory" and vertical "resolution advisory".

"traffic advisory" and horizontal "resolution advisory".

vertical "traffic advisory" and an horizontal "resolution advisory".

"traffic advisory", vertical and horizontal "resolution advisory".


TM-Editor 25.04.2016
020-Aircraft General Knowledge A .LTM Seite 228

753 21.3.4 Traffic collision avoidance system Typ: MC 872 AviaExam10081 11/21/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

On a TCAS2 (Traffic Collision Avoidance System), a corrective "resolution


advisory" (RA) is a "resolution advisory":

asking the pilot to modify effectively the vertical speed of his aircraft.

which does not require any action from the pilot but on the contrary
asks him not to modify his current vertical speed rate.

asking the pilot to modify the heading of his aircraft.

asking the pilot to modify the speed of his aircraft.

754 21.3.4 Traffic collision avoidance system Typ: MC 873 AviaExam10082 11/21/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

On a TCAS 2 (Traffic Collision Avoidance System) the preventive "resolution


advisory" (RA) is a "resolution advisory":

that advises the pilot to avoid certain deviations from the current vertical
rate but does not require any change to be made to that rate.

asking the pilot to modify effectively the vertical speed of his aircraft.

asking the pilot to modify the heading of his aircraft.

asking the pilot to modify the speed of his aircraft.

755 21.3.4 Traffic collision avoidance system Typ: MC 874 AviaExam10083 11/21/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

On the display of a TCAS 2 (Traffic alert and Collision Avoidance System), a


traffic advisory (TA) is represented by:

an amber solid circle.

a white or cyan empty lozenge.

a white or cyan solid lozenge.

a red full square.


TM-Editor 25.04.2016
020-Aircraft General Knowledge A .LTM Seite 229

756 21.3.4 Traffic collision avoidance system Typ: MC 875 AviaExam10084 11/21/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

On the display of a TCAS 2 (Traffic alert and Collision Avoidance System), a


resolution advisory (RA) is represented by:

a red full square.

a white or cyan empty lozenge.

a white or cyan solid lozenge.

an amber solid circle.

757 21.3.4 Traffic collision avoidance system Typ: MC 876 AviaExam10085 11/21/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

On the display of a TCAS II (Traffic alert and Collision Avoidance System), a


proximate traffic is represented by:

a white or cyan solid lozenge.

a white or cyan empty lozenge.

a red full square.

an amber solid circle.

758 21.4.5 Fuel gauge Typ: MC 877 AviaExam10090 11/21/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

The float type fuel gauges provide information on:

volume whose indication varies with the temperature of the fuel.

volume whose indication is independent of the temperature of the fuel.

mass whose indication varies with the temperature of the fuel.

mass whose indication is independent of the temperature of the fuel.


TM-Editor 25.04.2016
020-Aircraft General Knowledge A .LTM Seite 230

759 20.4.5 Aircraft oxygen equipment Typ: MC 478 AviaExam10092 11/21/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

The opening of the doors giving access to the oxygen masks for the
passengers is:

1. pneumatic for the gaseous oxygen system,


2. electrical for the chemical oxygen system,
3. pneumatic for the chemical oxygen system,
4. electrical for the gaseous oxygen system.

The combination regrouping all the correct statements is:

1, 2

1, 3

2, 3

2, 4

760 21.4.2 Temperature gauge Typ: MC 809 AviaExam10097 11/21/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

The measurement of the turbine temperature or of the EGT (Exhaust Gas


Temperature) is carried out at the:

high pressure turbine outlet.

combustion chamber outlet.

combustion chamber intake.

high pressure chamber intake.

761 20.4.5 Aircraft oxygen equipment Typ: MC 479 AviaExam10099 11/21/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

A passenger oxygen mask is:

a continuous flow mask and in principle should not be used if there is


smoke in the cabin.

an on demand type mask and in principle should not be used if there is


smoke in the cabin.

a continuous flow mask and must be used if there is smoke in the cabin.

an on demand type mask and must be used if there is smoke in the


cabin.
TM-Editor 25.04.2016
020-Aircraft General Knowledge A .LTM Seite 231

762 21.2.2 Autopilot Typ: MC 878 AviaExam10109 11/21/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

During an automatic landing, between 50 FT AGL and touch down, the


autopilot maintains:

a vertical speed according to the radio altimeter height.

a vertical speed according to the GPS height.

a constant vertical speed.

a constant flight path angle with reference to the ground.

763 21.2.5 Automatic pitch trim Typ: MC 880 AviaExam10124 11/21/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

The automatic trim is a component of the autopilot pitch channel. Its function
is to:

transfer a stabilized aeroplane to the pilot during autopilot


disengagement.

reset the attitude, after engaging (the autopilot).

set the attitude to an instantaneous value before engaging the autopilot.

automatically disengage the autopilot in the case of an excessive pitch


up.

764 21.1.2.7 Fixed installations (strap down systems) Typ: MC 882 AviaExam10127 11/21/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

The elements which take part in the local vertical alignment of an inertial
strap-down unit are:

the accelerometers.

the accelerometers and gyroscopes.

the flow inductors.

the gyroscopes.
TM-Editor 25.04.2016
020-Aircraft General Knowledge A .LTM Seite 232

765 21.1.2.6 Gyro stabilised platform (gimballed platform) Typ: MC 885 AviaExam10136 11/21/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

In an inertial reference system (IRS), the alignment sequence consists in:

1 - search and alignment on the local vertical


2 - search for the true North
3 - definition of the latitude
4 - definition of the longitude

The combination regrouping all the correct statements is:

1, 2, 3.

1, 2, 3, 4.

1, 2, 4.

3, 4.

766 21.2.7 Auto-thrust Typ: MC 886 AviaExam10138 11/21/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

The auto-throttle:

1- enable to catch and to maintain the N1 RPM


2- enable to catch and to maintain the N2 RPM
3- enable to catch and to maintain an airplane indicated airspeed (IAS)
4- is always engaged automatically at the same time as the autopilot

The combination regrouping all the correct statements is:

1 and 3

2 and 3

1 and 4

1, 3 and 4
TM-Editor 25.04.2016
020-Aircraft General Knowledge A .LTM Seite 233

767 21.2.2 Autopilot Typ: MC 887 AviaExam10139 11/21/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

An aircraft is equipped with an autopilot and an auto-throttle. When the


altitude hold mode (ALT HOLD) is active:

the indicated airspeed (IAS) is maintained constant by the auto-throttle


system.

the true airspeed (TAS) is maintained constant by the autopilot by means


of elevator.

the true airspeed (TAS) is maintained constant by the auto-throttle


system.

the indicated airspeed (IAS) is maintained constant by the autopilot by


means of elevator.

768 21.1.1.6 Air Data Computer (ADC) Typ: MC 888 AviaExam10140 11/21/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

An air data computer


1. supplies the ground speed and the drift (angle)
2. determines the total temperature and the true altitude
3. receives the static pressure and the total pressure
4. supplies the true airspeed to the inertial unit
5. determines the Mach number, the outside (static) air temperature

The combination regrouping all the correct statements is:

3, 4 and 5

1 and 2

2 and 5

2, 3 and 4
TM-Editor 25.04.2016
020-Aircraft General Knowledge A .LTM Seite 234

769 21.1.2.6 Gyro stabilised platform (gimballed platform) Typ: MC 889 AviaExam10142 11/21/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

The mode selector of an inertial unit comprises the OFF - STBY - ALIGN - NAV
- ATT positions:

1 - on "STBY", the unit aligns on the local geographic trihedron;


2 - the "ATT" position is used in automatic landing (mode LAND);
3 - on "NAV" the coordinates of the start position can be entered;
4 - the platform is levelled before azimuth alignment;
5 - in cruise, the unit can only be used in "NAV" mode.

The combination regrouping all the correct statements is:

4.

2, 5.

1, 3, 5.

1, 2, 4.

770 21.3.8 Cockpit voice recorder Typ: MC 890 AviaExam10145 11/21/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

The CVR (Cockpit Voice Recorder) includes:


1. a microphone
2. a recorder in compliance with the shock and fire resistance standards
3. an independent battery
4. a flight data recorder

The combination regrouping all the correct statements is:

1, 2

1, 4

1, 2, 3, 4

2, 4
TM-Editor 25.04.2016
020-Aircraft General Knowledge A .LTM Seite 235

771 21.2.2 Autopilot Typ: MC 891 AviaExam10153 11/21/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

The automatic synchronisation function of an autopilot control system:

1 - operates only when the autopilot is engaged


2 - prevents the aircraft's control system from jerking when disengaging the
autopilot
3 - enables the cancellation of the rudder control signals
4 - prevents the aircraft's control system from jerking when engaging the
autopilot

The combination regrouping all the correct statements is:

4.

1, 4.

1, 2.

1, 2, 4.

772 21.2.6 Thrust computation Typ: MC 892 AviaExam10155 11/21/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

A Full Authority Digital Engine Control (FADEC) has the following functions:

1- flow regulation (fuel, decelerations and accelerations monitoring)


2- automatic starting sequence
3- transmissions of engine data to the pilot's instruments
4- thrust management and protection of operation limits
5- monitoring of the thrust reversers

The combination regrouping all the correct statements is:

1, 2, 3, 4, 5

2, 4, 5

1, 3, 5

1, 3, 4, 5
TM-Editor 25.04.2016
020-Aircraft General Knowledge A .LTM Seite 236

773 21.2.6 Thrust computation Typ: MC 894 AviaExam10160 11/21/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

The two main sources of information used to calculate turbojet thrust are the:

fan rotation speed (or N1) or the EPR (Engine Pressure Ratio).

high pressure turbine rotation speed or the EPR (Engine Pressure


Ratio).

fan rotation speed (or N1) or the total pressure at the high pressure
compressor outlet.

fan rotation speed (or N1) or the total pressure at the low pressure
turbine outlet.

774 20.4.2 Smoke detection Typ: MC 505 AviaExam10164 11/21/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

The smoke detection in the aircraft cargo compartments is carried out by four
sensors: C1, C2, C3 and C4.
They are associated with the logic circuit as described in the annex.
The repeating bell is activated when:

the C1 and C2 sensors detect smoke.

the C1 and C3 sensors detect smoke.

only one sensor detects smoke.

the C2 and C4 sensors detect smoke.

775 21.4.5 Fuel gauge Typ: MC 895 AviaExam10166 11/21/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

The advantages of an "electric" fuel (float) gauge are:

1- easy construction
2- independence of indications with regard to airplane attitude
3- independence of indications with regard to the accelerations
4- independence of indications with regard to temperature variations
5- independence of indications with regard to vibrations

The combination regrouping all the correct statements is:

1, 2, 3, 4, 5

2, 3, 4, 5

2, 3, 4
TM-Editor 25.04.2016
020-Aircraft General Knowledge A .LTM Seite 237

776 21.4.5 Fuel gauge Typ: MC 896 AviaExam10167 11/21/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

The disadvantages of an "electric" fuel (float) gauge are:

1- the design is complex


2- the indications are influenced by the airplane attitude variations
3- the indications are influenced by the accelerations
4- the indications are influenced by temperature variations
5- that an alternative current supply is necessary

The combination regrouping all the correct statements is:

2, 3, 4

1, 2, 3, 4

2, 3, 4, 5

777 21.2.2 Autopilot Typ: MC 899 AviaExam10172 11/21/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

A flight control system which can, in the event of a failure, complete


automatically the approach, flare and landing is called fail ...

operational.

passive.

soft.

hard.

778 21.2.2 Autopilot Typ: MC 900 AviaExam10173 11/21/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

An automatic landing system necessitating that the landing be continued


manually in the case of a system failure during an automatic approach is
called "FAIL...."

"PASSIVE"

"OPERATIONAL"

"SAFE"

"REDUNDANT"
TM-Editor 25.04.2016
020-Aircraft General Knowledge A .LTM Seite 238

779 21.3.2 Altitude alert system Typ: MC 903 AviaExam10178 12/29/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

An "altitude warning system" must at least warn the crew:

1- when approaching the pre-selected altitude


2- when the airplane is approaching the ground too fast
3- in case of a given deviation above or below the pre-selected altitude (at
least by an aural warning)
4- in case of excessive vertical speed
5- when approaching the ground with the gear retracted

The combination regrouping all the correct statements is:

1, 3

1, 2, 3, 4, 5

2, 4, 5

1, 3, 4

780 21.2.1 Flight Director Typ: MC 904 AviaExam10179 11/21/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

Four scenarios of VOR axis interception are represented in the appended


annex. The one corresponding to the optimal interception path calculated by a
flight director is number:

781 21.2.5 Automatic pitch trim Typ: MC 910 AviaExam10204 11/21/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

The purpose of an airplane automatic trim system is to trim out the hinge
moment of the:

elevator(s)

rudder(s)

elevator(s) and rudder(s)

elevator(s), rudder(s) and ailerons.


TM-Editor 25.04.2016
020-Aircraft General Knowledge A .LTM Seite 239

782 21.4.5 Fuel gauge Typ: MC 911 AviaExam10206 11/21/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

If the tanks of your aircraft only contain water, the capacitor gauges indicate:

a mass of water different from zero, but inaccurate.

the exact mass of water contained in the tanks.

a mass equal to zero.

a mass equal to the mass of a same volume of fuel.

783 21.2.7 Auto-thrust Typ: MC 915 AviaExam10215 11/21/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

The automatic power control system (auto-throttle) of a transport airplane has


the following mode(s):

1- capture and holding of speeds


2- capture and holding of Mach number
3- capture and holding of flight angle of attack
4- capture and holding of N1 or EPR (Engine Power Ratio)
5- capture and holding of flight paths

The combination regrouping all the correct statements is:

1, 2, 4

1, 2, 3, 5

2, 4

1, 4, 5
TM-Editor 25.04.2016
020-Aircraft General Knowledge A .LTM Seite 240

784 21.2.2 Autopilot Typ: MC 920 AviaExam10239 11/21/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

Among the following functions of an autopilot, those related to the airplane


guidance are:

1- pitch attitude holding


2- horizontal wing holding
3- indicated airspeed or Mach number holding
4- altitude holding
5- VOR axis holding
6- yaw damping

The combination regrouping all the correct statements is:

3, 4, 5.

1, 2, 6.

1, 2, 3, 6.

1, 3, 4, 5.

785 21.2.2 Autopilot Typ: MC 921 AviaExam10240 11/21/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

When using the autopilot, the function of the pitch channel automatic trim is
to:

1- cancel the hinge moment of the elevator


2- ease as much as possible the load of the servo-actuator
3- restore to the pilot a correctly trimmed airplane during the autopilot
disengagement

The combination regrouping all the correct statements is:

1, 2 and 3.

3.

1 and 3.

1 and 2.
TM-Editor 25.04.2016
020-Aircraft General Knowledge A .LTM Seite 241

786 21.2.6 Thrust computation Typ: MC 922 AviaExam10245 11/21/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

An airplane is in steady cruise at flight level 290. The auto-throttle maintains a


constant Mach number. If the total temperature increases, the calibrated
airspeed:

remains constant.

increases.

decreases.

increases if the static temperature is higher than the standard


temperature, decreases if lower.

787 21.1.1.4 Mach meter Typ: MC 923 AviaExam10246 11/21/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

An airplane is in steady cruise at flight level 290. The auto-throttle maintains a


constant Mach number. If the total temperature decreases, the calibrated
airspeed:

remains constant.

increases.

decreases.

decreases if the outside temperature is lower than the standard


temperature, increases if higher.

788 21.2.2 Autopilot Typ: MC 924 AviaExam10249 11/21/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

The calibrated airspeed (CAS) or Mach holding mode is carried out by:

1- the autopilot pitch channel in the climb mode at a constant calibrated


airspeed (CAS) or Mach number
2- the auto-throttles in the climb mode at a constant calibrated airspeed (CAS)
or Mach number
3- the autopilot pitch channel in the altitude or glide path holding mode
4- the auto-throttles in the altitude or glide path holding mode

The combination regrouping all the correct statements is:

1 and 4.

2 and 4.

1 and 3.

2 and 3.
TM-Editor 25.04.2016
020-Aircraft General Knowledge A .LTM Seite 242

789 21.3.6 Stall warning Typ: MC 926 AviaExam10260 11/21/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

The calculator combined with the stick shaker system of a modern transport
airplane receives information about the:

1- angle of attack
2- engine R.P.M.
3- configuration
4- pitch and bank attitude
5- sideslip

The combination regrouping all the correct statements is:

1 and 3.

1, 2, 3, 4 and 5.

1 and 5.

1, 2, 3 and 4.

790 21.3.6 Stall warning Typ: MC 927 AviaExam10261 11/21/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

An angle of attack sensor may consist of:

1 - an inertial system computing the difference between flight path and flight
attitude
2 - a conical slotted probe which positions itself to determine the angle of
attack
3 - a vane detector which positions the rotor of a synchro

The combination regrouping all the correct statements is:

2, 3.

1, 2, 3.

1, 2.

1, 3.
TM-Editor 25.04.2016
020-Aircraft General Knowledge A .LTM Seite 243

791 21.3.4 Traffic collision avoidance system Typ: MC 928 AviaExam10262 11/21/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

The TCAS 2 data display devices can be in the form of:

1- a specific dedicated screen


2- a screen combined with the weather radar
3- a variometer represented on a liquid crystal screen which allows the
display of Traffic Advisory (TA) and Resolution Advisory (RA)
4- an EFIS (Electronic Flight Instrument System) screen

The combination regrouping all the correct statements is:

1, 2, 3 and 4.

1, 2 and 3.

3 and 4.

1 and 3.

792 21.3.4 Traffic collision avoidance system Typ: MC 933 AviaExam10942 11/21/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

A TCAS 2 (Traffic Collision Avoidance System) provides:

the intruder relative position and possibly an indication of a collision


avoidance manoeuvre within the vertical plane only.

a simple intruding airplane proximity warning.

the intruder relative position and possibly an indication of a collision


avoidance manoeuvre within both the vertical and horizontal planes.

the intruder relative position and possibly an indication of a collision


avoidance manoeuvre within the horizontal plane only.

793 21.4.2 Temperature gauge Typ: MC 935 AviaExam10963 11/21/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

A millivoltmeter measuring the electromotive force between the "hot junction"


and the "cold junction" of a thermocouple can be directly graduated in
temperature values provided that the temperature of the:

cold junction is maintained constant.

hot junction is maintained constant.

cold junction is maintained at 15 °C.

hot junction is maintained at 15 °C.


TM-Editor 25.04.2016
020-Aircraft General Knowledge A .LTM Seite 244

794 21.4.5 Fuel gauge Typ: MC 936 AviaExam10965 11/21/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

The electric float gauge:

1 - gives a mass information;


2 - gives information independent of aircraft's manoeuvres and attitude
changes;
3 - gives information all the more accurate as the tank is full;
4 - is typically a DC powered system.

The combination regrouping all the correct statements is:

4.

1, 2, 3, 4.

1, 3, 4.

1.

795 21.4.3 RPM indicator Typ: MC 939 AviaExam10968 11/21/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

The advantages of an electrical induction tachometer are:

1- the display is not sensitive to line resistance


2- the measurement is independent of aircraft power supply
3- the measurement is independent of temperature variations
4- the option to use without restriction several indicators connected in parallel
to a single transmitter

The combination regrouping all the correct statements is:

1, 2, 4.

1, 3, 4.

1, 2, 3, 4.

2, 3, 4.
TM-Editor 25.04.2016
020-Aircraft General Knowledge A .LTM Seite 245

796 21.4.3 RPM indicator Typ: MC 940 AviaExam10969 11/21/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

The electronic tachometer sensor is composed of:

a notched wheel rotating in front of an electro-magnet.

a circular magnet with four poles.

the rotor of a single phase A.C. generator.

the rotor of a three-phase A.C. generator.

797 21.2.5 Automatic pitch trim Typ: MC 941 AviaExam10970 11/21/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

The automatic pitch trim:

1 - ensures the aeroplane is properly trimmed when the autopilot is engaged.


2 - permits the elevator to always be in neutral position with respect to
horizontal stabiliser;
3 - ensures the aeroplane is properly trimmed when the autopilot is
disengaged.

The combination regrouping all the correct statements is

2, 3.

1, 3.

1, 2, 3.

1, 2.
TM-Editor 25.04.2016
020-Aircraft General Knowledge A .LTM Seite 246

798 21.3.6 Stall warning Typ: MC 947 AviaExam10982 11/21/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

The stall warning system of a large transport airplane includes:

1- an angle of attack sensor


2- a computer
3- a transmitter originating from the anemometer
4- an independent pitot probe
5- a transmitter of the flap/slat position indicating system

The combination regrouping all the correct statements is:

1, 2, 5.

1, 2, 4.

1, 4.

1, 2, 4, 5.

799 21.1.1.4 Mach meter Typ: MC 952 AviaExam11233 11/21/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

An aeroplane is in steady cruise at flight level 270. The auto-throttle maintains


a constant calibrated airspeed. If the static air temperature increases, the
Mach number:

remains constant.

increases.

decreases.

decreases if the outside temperature is higher than the standard


temperature, increases if lower.

800 21.1.1.4 Mach meter Typ: MC 953 AviaExam11234 11/21/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

An aeroplane is in steady cruise at flight level 270. The auto-throttle maintains


a constant calibrated airspeed. If the static air temperature decreases, the
Mach number:

remains constant.

increases.

decreases.

increases if the outside temperature is higher than the standard


temperature, decreases if lower.
TM-Editor 25.04.2016
020-Aircraft General Knowledge A .LTM Seite 247

801 21.2.6 Thrust computation Typ: MC 954 AviaExam11235 11/21/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

An aeroplane is in a steady climb. The auto-throttle maintains a constant


Mach number. If the total temperature remains constant, the calibrated
airspeed:

decreases.

increases.

remains constant.

decreases if the static temperature is lower than the standard


temperature, increases if higher.

802 21.2.6 Thrust computation Typ: MC 955 AviaExam11236 11/21/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

An aeroplane is in steady descent. The auto-throttle maintains a constant


calibrated airspeed. If the total temperature remains constant, the Mach
number:

decreases.

increases.

remains constant.

increases if the static temperature is lower than the standard


temperature, decreases if higher.

803 21.2.6 Thrust computation Typ: MC 956 AviaExam11237 11/21/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

An aeroplane is in steady climb. The auto-throttle maintains a constant


calibrated airspeed. If the total temperature remains constant, the Mach
number:

increases.

decreases.

remains constant.

decreases if the static temperature is lower than the standard


temperature.
TM-Editor 25.04.2016
020-Aircraft General Knowledge A .LTM Seite 248

804 20.3.3.2 Compressor Typ: MC 509 AviaExam11416 11/21/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

The disadvantages of axial flow compressors compared to centrifugal flow


compressors are:

1 - more expensive to manufacture


2 - lower airflow
3 - greater vulnerability to foreign object damage
4 - lower pressure ratio

The combination which regroups all of the correct answers is:

1, 3.

1, 2.

2, 3.

2, 4.

805 20.1.5 Landing Gear Typ: MC 512 AviaExam11421 11/21/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

Compared to a tyre fitted with an inner tube, a tubeless tyre presents the
following characteristics:

1 - high heating
2 - valve fragility
3 - lower risk of bursting
4 - better adjustment to wheels

The combination containing all the correct statements is:

3, 4.

2, 3.

2, 4.

1, 2, 3, 4.
TM-Editor 25.04.2016
020-Aircraft General Knowledge A .LTM Seite 249

806 20.4.1 Doors and emergency exits Typ: MC 518 AviaExam11428 11/21/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

Evacuation slide inflation is ensured by:

a pressurized gas canister combined with the slide itself.

the aircraft's general pneumatic circuit.

a manual pump, used when needed by the cabin crew.

pressurized air from the air conditioning system.

807 20.4.5 Aircraft oxygen equipment Typ: MC 519 AviaExam11429 11/21/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

Regarding the oxygen systems of an aeroplane:

With the setting on "NORMAL", the crew breathes a mixture of oxygen


and cabin air.

The same source of supply is used by the crew and passengers.

The seals must be carefully greased to avoid sparks.

The passenger source of supply never uses chemically generated


oxygen.

808 20.3.4.5 Lubrication Typ: MC 520 AviaExam11431 11/21/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

In very cold weather, the pilot notices during startup, a slightly higher than
normal engine oil pressure.
This higher pressure:

is normal, if it decreases after startup.

is abnormal and requires the engine to be shut down.

is abnormal but does not require the engine to be shut down.

requires an oil change.


TM-Editor 25.04.2016
020-Aircraft General Knowledge A .LTM Seite 250

809 20.4.5 Aircraft oxygen equipment Typ: MC 521 AviaExam11432 11/21/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

An oxygen regulator has 3 controls:

- a power lever: ON/OFF


- an "O2" lever: NORMAL/100%
- an emergency lever: ON/OFF

Among the following statements, the correct proposition is:

the power lever on ON, and, the "O2" lever on NORMAL allows the
oxygen to enter the regulator and enables breathing of a mixture of
air/oxygen according to altitude.

the EMERGENCY lever on ON enables breathing of pure oxygen at


ambient pressure.

the "O2" lever on ON enables breathing of the over-pressure oxygen at a


constant flow rate.

with the EMERGENCY lever on OFF, in an emergency situation, one


cannot use the oxygen mask to breathe.

810 20.1.5 Landing Gear Typ: MC 525 AviaExam11436 11/21/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

A scissor is a component found on landing gears. Its function is to:

prevent any rotation of the oleo strut in the undercarriage shock


absorber.

create the wheel pitch on bogie gears.

transform the translational movement of the rudder pedals into the


rotational movement of the nose wheel.

make the body gears pivot when the nose wheel is turned through more
than 20°.
TM-Editor 25.04.2016
020-Aircraft General Knowledge A .LTM Seite 251

811 20.1.7.1 Basic principles of hydromechanics Typ: MC 526 AviaExam11437 11/21/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

For an aeroplane hydraulic supply circuit, the correct statement is:

the security components comprise the filters, the pressure relief valves,
the by-passes, and the fire shut-off valve.

the pumps are always electric due to the high pressures which they
must deliver (140 to 210 kg/cm²).

the regulation system deals only with emergency operation and is not
applied to all hydraulic services but only those considered as essential.

the reservoir constitutes a reserve of hydraulic fluid maintained under


pressure by a pneumatic back pressure (air or nitrogen) and destined to
serve as a fluid or pressure reserve.

812 20.3.1.10 Propeller Typ: MC 527 AviaExam11441 11/21/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

When in flight, a piston engine is stopped and the propeller blade angle is
near 90°, the propeller is said to be:

feathered.

windmilling.

transparent.

at zero drag.

813 20.3.1.10 Propeller Typ: MC 539 AviaExam11463 11/21/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

From the cruise, with all the parameters correctly set, if the altitude is
reduced, to maintain the same mixture the fuel flow should:

increase

decrease

remain the same

increase or decrease, depending on the engine type


TM-Editor 25.04.2016
020-Aircraft General Knowledge A .LTM Seite 252

814 20.3.2.2 Types of construction Typ: MC 544 AviaExam11474 11/21/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

The gas turbine illustrated is of the following type:

free turbine and centrifugal compressor

free turbine and axial compressor

single shaft turbine and centrifugal compressor

single shaft turbine and axial compressor

815 20.4.5 Aircraft oxygen equipment Typ: MC 546 AviaExam11479 11/21/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

The installation and use of on-board oxygen generators is such that:

1 - the smoking ban is imperative when used


2 - in case of accidental drop of the "continuous flow" passenger masks, no
crew action is required
3 - no trace of grease must be found in the system assembly
4 - the system's filling adaptors must be greased with non-freezing or graphite
grease

The combination which regroups all of the correct statements is:

1-3

1-4

2-3

2-4
TM-Editor 25.04.2016
020-Aircraft General Knowledge A .LTM Seite 253

816 20.3.4.8 Power plant operation and monitoring Typ: MC 547 AviaExam11480 11/21/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

The control of free turbine engines on turboprops, is accomplished by:

- a propeller control lever used to select:


1 - propeller RPM
2 - turbine temperature
3 - turbine RPM

- a fuel control lever used to select:


4 - propeller RPM
5 - torque
6 - turbine temperature

The combination which regroups all of the correct statements is:

1-5-6

1-3-5

3-4-6

2-4-5

817 20.3.4.7 Thrust Typ: MC 548 AviaExam11481 11/21/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

The static thrust of a turbo-jet, at the selection of full power:

1. equals the product of the exhaust gas mass flow and the exhaust gas
velocity
2. is obtained by pressure of the exhaust gas on the ambient air
3. produces zero mechanical power since the aeroplane is not moving
4. is independent of the outside air temperature

The combination which regroups all of the correct statements is:

1-3

1-2

2-3

4
TM-Editor 25.04.2016
020-Aircraft General Knowledge A .LTM Seite 254

818 20.3.4.1 Ignition Typ: MC 549 AviaExam11482 11/21/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

The use of igniters is necessary or recommended on a turbo-jet:

1. throughout the operating range of the engine


2. for accelerations
3. for ground starts
4. for in-flight relights
5. during turbulence in flight
6. under heavy precipitation or in icing conditions

The combination which regroups all of the correct statements is:

3, 4, 5, 6.

3.

2, 3, 4.

1.

819 20.1.7.2 Hydraulic systems Typ: MC 552 AviaExam11485 11/21/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

The reservoirs of a hydraulic system can be pressurized:

by bleed air from the engine.

in flight only.

by the air conditioning system.

by an auxiliary system.

820 20.3.1.4 Ignition Typ: MC 553 AviaExam11487 11/21/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

In a piston engine, magnetos are used to produce the spark which ignites the
fuel/air mixture. The operating principle of magnetos consists in:

breaking the primary current in order to induce a low amp high volt
current which is distributed to the spark plugs.

obtaining a high amp low volt current in order to generate the spark.

accumulating in a condenser a low volt current from the battery,


reconstitute it as high voltage current at the moment the spark is
generated.

creating a brief high intensity magnetic field which will be sent through
the distributor at the appropriate time.
TM-Editor 25.04.2016
020-Aircraft General Knowledge A .LTM Seite 255

821 20.1.11.2 Fuel feed Typ: MC 554 AviaExam11490 11/21/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

The cross-feed fuel system enables:

the supply of any jet engine from any fuel tank.

the supply of the jet engines mounted on a wing from any fuel tank
within that wing.

the supply of the outboard jet engines from any outboard fuel tank.

only the transfer of fuel from the centre tank to the wing tanks.

822 20.1.11.2 Fuel feed Typ: MC 555 AviaExam11491 11/21/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

Fuel pumps submerged in the fuel tanks of a multi-engine aircraft are:

centrifugal low pressure type pumps.

low pressure variable swash plate pumps.

centrifugal high pressure pumps.

high pressure variable swash plate pumps.

823 21.2.2 Autopilot Typ: MC 960 AviaExam11513 11/21/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

An autopilot system:

must provide at least aircraft stabilisation functions.

must provide at least aircraft guidance functions.

must provide automatic take off functions.

may provide automatic take off functions.

824 21.2.2 Autopilot Typ: MC 965 AviaExam11519 11/21/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

When the auto-pilot is engaged; the role of the automatic trim is to:

relieve the A.P. servo motor and return the aircraft in-trim at A.P.
disconnect

relieve the pressure on the control column and return, the aircraft in-trim
at A.P. disconnect

react to altitude changes in Altitude Hold mode

synchronize the longitudinal loop


TM-Editor 25.04.2016
020-Aircraft General Knowledge A .LTM Seite 256

825 21.4.6 Torque meter Typ: MC 966 AviaExam11522 11/21/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

Torque can be determined by measuring the:

oil pressure at the fixed crown of an epicycloidal reducer of the main


engine gearbox.

phase difference between 2 impulse tachometers attached to a


transmission shaft.

frequency of an impulse tachometer attached to a transmission shaft.

quantity of light passing through a rack-wheel attached to a


transmission shaft.

826 21.1.2.2 Directional gyro Typ: MC 967 AviaExam11523 11/21/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

For an aircraft flying a true track of 360° between the 5°S and 5°N parallels,
the precession error of the directional gyro due to apparent drift is equal to:

approximately 0°/hour

+5°/hour

-5°/hour

15°/hour

827 21.1.2.3 Slaved gyro compass Typ: MC 969 AviaExam11525 11/21/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

Heading information from the gyromagnetic compass flux gate is transmitted


to the:

error detector.

erecting system.

heading indicator.

amplifier.
TM-Editor 25.04.2016
020-Aircraft General Knowledge A .LTM Seite 257

828 21.1.2.2 Directional gyro Typ: MC 974 AviaExam11534 11/21/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

The maximum directional gyro error due to the earth rotation is:

15°/hour

90°/hour

180°/hour

5°/hour

829 21.2.2 Autopilot Typ: MC 975 AviaExam11536 11/21/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

In an auto-pilot slaved powered control circuit, the system which ensures


synchronisation:

can itself, when it fails, prevent the automatic pilot from being engaged.

intervenes only when the automatic pilot has been engaged.

prevents uncommanded surface deflection when the automatic pilot is


disengaged.

is inhibited when the automatic pilot is engaged.

830 21.1.2.3 Slaved gyro compass Typ: MC 978 AviaExam11546 11/21/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

A flux valve detects the horizontal component of the earth's magnetic field

1- the flux valve is made of a pair of soft iron bars


2- the information can be used by a "flux gate" compass or a directional gyro
3- the flux gate valve signal comes from the magnetic compass
4- the accuracy on the value of the magnetic field indication is less than 0,5°

The combination regrouping all the correct statements is:

2, 4.

1, 2, 4.

1, 4.

1, 2.
TM-Editor 25.04.2016
020-Aircraft General Knowledge A .LTM Seite 258

831 21.1.3 Magnetic compass Typ: MC 979 AviaExam11547 11/21/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

An aircraft takes-off on a runway with an alignment of 045°; the compass is


made for the northern hemisphere. During rolling take-off, the compass
indicates:

a value below 045°.

045°.

a value above 045° in the southern hemisphere.

a value above 045° in the northern hemisphere.

832 21.4.2 Temperature gauge Typ: MC 981 AviaExam11552 11/21/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

To permit turbine exit temperatures to be measured, gas turbines are


equipped with thermometers which work on the following principle:

thermocouple

bi-metallic strip

liquid expansion

gas pressure

833 21.1.2.1 Gyro fundamentals Typ: MC 982 AviaExam11556 11/21/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

Among the systematic errors of the "directional gyro", the error due to the
earth rotation make the north reference turn in the horizontal plane. At a mean
latitude of 45°N, this reference turns by...

10.5°/hour to the right.

15°/hour to the right.

7.5°/hour to the right.

7.5°/hour to the left.


TM-Editor 25.04.2016
020-Aircraft General Knowledge A .LTM Seite 259

834 21.2.7 Auto-thrust Typ: MC 986 AviaExam12664 11/21/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

During the ground run take-off phase, the auto-throttles allow to:

hold N1.

hold IAS.

maintain V2 under 1,500 ft.

hold and maintain the Mach number.

835 21.2.2 Autopilot Typ: MC 1003 AviaExam13978 12/10/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

In a helicopter automatic flight control system (AFCS), artificial feel is usually


achieved by the use of

spring boxes or spring units.

bungee cords or rubbers.

a pitot/static dashpot system.

series and/or parallel actuators.

836 21.2.7 Auto-thrust Typ: MC 987 AviaExam12667 11/21/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

The auto-throttles enables to hold:

1 - a true airspeed;
2 - a Mach number;
3 - an indicated airspeed;
4 - a N1 thrust.

The combination regrouping all the correct statements is:

2, 3, 4.

1, 2, 3, 4.

1, 2, 3.

1, 2, 4.
TM-Editor 25.04.2016
020-Aircraft General Knowledge A .LTM Seite 260

837 21.2.2 Autopilot Typ: MC 1004 AviaExam13979 12/8/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

If, with the automatic flight control system (AFCS) engaged, the pilot presses
the force trim release button to allow a manual input to the flight controls:

the spring units will become ineffective.

the pilot must overcome the force of the spring unit to make the input.

the series actuator will run to damp the pilot's input.

artificial feel is produced by the parallel actuators.

838 21.2.5 Automatic pitch trim Typ: MC 988 AviaExam12668 11/21/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

The Mach trim system allows to:

increase the longitudinal static stability of the aircraft by changing the


horizontal stabilizer according to the Mach number.

trim the pitch-up tendency at a high Mach number.

search for the ideal C.G. location by transferring the fuel into the
horizontal stabilizer.

interlock the operation of the stick shaker at the oncoming of the high
speed stall.

839 21.2.2 Autopilot Typ: MC 1005 AviaExam13980 12/8/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

An inner loop automatic flight control system (AFCS) is a system which:

contains one or more high speed actuators which move the control
inputs to the swashplate but not the pilots' cyclic controls.

contains one or more high speed actuators which move both the inputs
to the swashplate and the pilots' cyclic controls.

controls the aircraft about the lateral axis only (PITCH).

controls the aircraft about the longitudinal axis only (ROLL).


TM-Editor 25.04.2016
020-Aircraft General Knowledge A .LTM Seite 261

840 21.2.1 Flight Director Typ: MC 990 AviaExam12670 11/21/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

The parameters taken into account by the flight director computer in the
altitude holding mode (ALT HOLD) are:
1. altitude deviation
2. roll
3. bank angle
4. pitch angle

The combination regrouping all the correct statements is:

1, 4.

1, 2.

1.

1, 3.

841 21.2.2 Autopilot Typ: MC 991 AviaExam12672 11/21/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

On a modern transport category airplane, the engagement of the automatic


pilot is checked on the display of:

the PFD (Primary Flight Display).

the ND (Navigation Display).

the ECAM (Electronic Centralized Aircraft Monitoring) left screen .

the ND (Navigation Display) of the pilot in command.

842 21.2.2 Autopilot Typ: MC 992 AviaExam12673 11/21/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

The sequence of the automatic landing comprises several phases (from final
approach to touch-down) actuated by:

the radio altimeter.

the altimeter set to the QNH.

the distance left before the touch down zone.

the DME (Distance Measuring Equipment) of the ILS (Instrument Landing


System).
TM-Editor 25.04.2016
020-Aircraft General Knowledge A .LTM Seite 262

843 21.2.2 Autopilot Typ: MC 993 AviaExam12676 11/21/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

During a category III automatic approach, the position signals in the vertical
plane under 200 ft are based on:

a radio altimeter.

an altimeter set to the QFE.

an altimeter set to the QNH.

an altimeter set to 1013 hPa.

844 20.3.2.2 Types of construction Typ: MC 678 AviaExam13959 12/8/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

The characteristics of a centrifugal compressor are:


1 - a high pressure ratio by stage.
2 - a large diameter.
3 - a low pressure ratio by stage.
4 - a small diameter.

The combination containing all of the correct statements is:

1 and 2 only.

2 and 3 only.

1 and 4 only.

3 and 4 only.

845 21.2.2 Autopilot Typ: MC 1075 AviaExam13985 12/10/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

A stability augmentation system (SAS) in a helicopter:

assists in static stability only.

assists in dynamic stability only.

assists in static and dynamic stability.

has full control of dynamic stability.


TM-Editor 25.04.2016
020-Aircraft General Knowledge A .LTM Seite 263

846 20.3.2.2 Types of construction Typ: MC 679 AviaExam13960 11/21/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

The characteristics of an axial compressor are:


1 - a low pressure ratio by stage.
2 - a high pressure ratio by stage.
3 - the possibility of compressing a large mass airflow.
4 - the inability of compressing a large mass airflow.

The combination containing all of the correct statements is:

1 and 3 only.

2 and 3 only.

2 and 4 only.

1 and 4 only.

847 20.3.3.5 Turbine Typ: MC 681 AviaExam13962 11/21/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

The greatest risk created by a free turbine overspeed is:

bursting of the free turbine disk.

a surge of the gas generator.

creep of the turbine blades.

an engine overtemperature.

848 21.4.3 RPM indicator Typ: MC 1079 AviaExam13989 12/10/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

Helicopter gas turbine compressor speed (N1 or Ng) is displayed in the


cockpit as:

an analogue readout, or a percentage RPM, or as a function of maximum


power, or as a computed value of percentage RPM.

a percentage RPM only.

an analogue readout only.

either an analogue or percentage RPM only.


TM-Editor 25.04.2016
020-Aircraft General Knowledge A .LTM Seite 264

849 20.3.2.2 Types of construction Typ: MC 682 AviaExam13963 11/21/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

In a free turbine engine, the energy delivered by the free turbine stages:

is dependent on the rotational speed of the gas generator.

is used to drive the compressor and the main rotor gearbox.

is not connected with the rotation speed of the generator.

is used to drive the compressor only.

850 20.3.3.5 Turbine Typ: MC 1084 AviaExam13994 12/8/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

For a free power turbine engine:

the turbine driving the main rotor transmission is mechanically


independent from the gas generator.

the compressor driving the main transmission is mechanically


independent from the power turbine.

the gas generator is free to run at a constant speed while the power
turbine changes speed in response to changes in drag on the main rotor
blades.

pilot control of the engine is limited to the selection of "OFF", "GROUND


IDLE" and "FLIGHT", leaving the engine to automatically respond to
rotor demands.

851 20.4.5 Aircraft oxygen equipment Typ: MC 685 AviaExam13966 12/8/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

The replenishment of an onboard oxygen bottle must be done:

with the engine(s) off.

with the engine(s) on.

with the engine(s) at idle.

with a ground power unit connected, electrical power supplied.


TM-Editor 25.04.2016
020-Aircraft General Knowledge A .LTM Seite 265

852 20.3.3.5 Turbine Typ: MC 1085 AviaExam13995 12/8/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

On landing and prior to shut down, a gas turbine engine should be run at
"GROUND IDLE" for a short period. This allows:

the core temperature to diminish.

the turbine blade temperature to reduce only.

the engine to be compressor washed.

cool oil flushing of bearings, particularly those in the turbines.

853 21.2.1 Flight Director Typ: MC 999 AviaExam13968 11/21/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

The purpose of a flight director is to:

reduce the pilots workload by presenting data in the form of control


commands.

convey air traffic control information to the pilot.

provide an automatic landing system function.

automatically steer the aircraft to waypoints selected on the CDU.

854 20.3.3.5 Turbine Typ: MC 1086 AviaExam13996 12/8/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

Exhaust gas temperature sensing is usually taken:

between the gas generator turbine and the free power turbine.

at the outlet from the combustion chamber.

after the free power turbine.

between the stages of the gas generator turbine.

855 21.2.2 Autopilot Typ: MC 1002 AviaExam13977 11/21/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

During large control inputs from an automatic flight control system (AFCS),
the control stick in the cockpit is moved to inform the pilot of the action. This
is:

achieved by a parallel actuator.

achieved by a series actuator.

achieved by the flight director.

a false statement; the information is displayed to the pilot via the ADI,
HSI and AFCS controller.
TM-Editor 25.04.2016
020-Aircraft General Knowledge A .LTM Seite 266

856 21.2.2 Autopilot Typ: MC 1071 AviaExam13981 11/21/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

An outer loop Automatic Flight Control System (AFCS), is a system which:

contains a parallel actuator which provides control through 100% of the


control range and moves both the control inputs and the cockpit control
stick.

contains a parallel actuator which provides control through 100% of the


control range and moves the control inputs only.

controls the aircraft about the lateral axis only (PITCH).

controls the aircraft about the longitudinal axis only (ROLL).

857 21.2.2 Autopilot Typ: MC 1072 AviaExam13982 11/21/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

Automatic Flight Control System (AFCS) series actuator is:

displayed in the cockpit as a function of input and output signals.

not displayed in the cockpit due to short duration of operation.

displayed to the pilot by movement on the ADI/EADI.

passed to the pilot via control stick position.

858 20.3.4.2 Starter Typ: MC 1089 AviaExam13999 12/10/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

The most common type of starter used on a helicopter engine is:

a D.C starter/generator.

a D.C starter motor.

an A.C starter/generator.

an A.C starter motor.

859 21.2.2 Autopilot Typ: MC 1073 AviaExam13983 11/21/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

Automatic Flight Control System (AFCS) parallel actuator position is:

passed to the pilot via control stick position.

displayed in the cockpit as a function of input and output signals.

not displayed in the cockpit due to short duration of operation.

displayed to the pilot by movement on the ADI only.


TM-Editor 25.04.2016
020-Aircraft General Knowledge A .LTM Seite 267

860 21.2.2 Autopilot Typ: MC 1074 AviaExam13984 11/21/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

Should a defect arise in the stability augmentation system (SAS) during flight:

the pilot will be advised by an amber warning.

the pilot is not informed unless the second channel fails also.

an audio alarm will attract the pilots attention to check the AFCS control
panel.

the control stick will move to a pre-set patum causing the pilot to revert
to manual control.

861 20.3.3.10 Bleed air Typ: MC 1087 AviaExam13997 12/8/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

The selection of bleed air to "ON" will cause:

a decrease in power and an increase in exhaust temperature.

a decrease in gas generator RPM with no change in power or exhaust


temperatures.

an increase in exhaust temperature, gas generator speed and power.

a reduction of torque and gas generator RPM with an increase of


exhaust temperature.

862 20.3.3.11 Auxiliary gearbox Typ: MC 1088 AviaExam13998 12/8/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

Engine auxiliary gearboxes:

provide the drives for a wide variety of services and may even provide
for the support of the engine in the airframe.

always provide drives for fuel pumps, oil pumps, speed sensing and
torque sensing.

never provide a torque sensing facility.

are driven by the output from the free power turbine.


TM-Editor 25.04.2016
020-Aircraft General Knowledge A .LTM Seite 268

863 21.1.1.4 Mach meter Typ: MC 1024 AviaExam15019 11/21/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

The compressibility correction to CAS to give EAS:

1 - may be positive
2 - is always negative
3 - depends on Mach number only
4 - depends on pressure altitude only

The combination regrouping all the correct statements is:

2, 3.

2, 4.

1, 3.

1, 4.

864 21.1.1.4 Mach meter Typ: MC 1025 AviaExam15020 11/21/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

When climbing at a constant CAS:

Mach number increases.

Mach number decreases.

Mach number remains constant.

the difference between surrounding conditions and ISA must be known


to deduce the Mach number variation.

865 21.1.1.3 Airspeed indicator Typ: MC 995 AviaExam15022 11/21/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

When descending at a constant CAS:

Mach number decreases.

Mach number increases.

Mach number remains constant.

the difference between surrounding conditions and ISA must be known


to deduce the Mach number variation.
TM-Editor 25.04.2016
020-Aircraft General Knowledge A .LTM Seite 269

866 21.1.1.4 Mach meter Typ: MC 1027 AviaExam15028 11/21/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

If OAT decreases when at a constant TAS:

Mach number increases.

Mach number decreases.

Mach number remains constant.

the difference between surrounding conditions and ISA must be known


to deduce the Mach number variation.

867 21.1.1.4 Mach meter Typ: MC 1028 AviaExam15029 11/21/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

If OAT increases when at a constant TAS:

Mach number decreases.

Mach number increases.

Mach number remains constant.

the difference between surrounding conditions and ISA must be known


to deduce the Mach number variation.

868 21.1.1.4 Mach meter Typ: MC 1029 AviaExam15030 11/21/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

If OAT increases when at a constant Mach number:

TAS increases.

TAS decreases.

TAS decreases only if the flight level remains constant.

TAS remains constant only if the flight level remains constant.

869 21.1.1.4 Mach meter Typ: MC 1030 AviaExam15031 11/21/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

If OAT decreases when at a constant Mach number:

TAS decreases.

TAS increases.

TAS decreases only if the flight level remains constant.

TAS remains constant only if the flight level remains constant.


TM-Editor 25.04.2016
020-Aircraft General Knowledge A .LTM Seite 270

870 21.1.1.4 Mach meter Typ: MC 1040 AviaExam15041 11/21/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

For the same TAS, when pressure altitude increases below the tropopause:

Mach number increases.

Mach number decreases.

Mach number remains constant.

the difference between surrounding conditions and ISA must be known


to deduce the Mach number variation.

871 21.1.1.4 Mach meter Typ: MC 1041 AviaExam15042 11/21/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

For the same TAS, when pressure altitude decreases below the tropopause:

Mach number decreases.

Mach number increases.

Mach number remains constant.

the difference between surrounding conditions and ISA must be known


to deduce the Mach number variation.

872 21.1.1.3 Airspeed indicator Typ: MC 1042 AviaExam15043 11/21/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

When climbing at a constant RAS:

EAS decreases.

EAS increases.

EAS remains constant.

EAS does not depend on altitude.

873 21.1.1.3 Airspeed indicator Typ: MC 1043 AviaExam15044 11/21/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

When descending at a constant RAS:

EAS increases.

EAS decreases.

EAS remains constant.

EAS does not depend on altitude.


TM-Editor 25.04.2016
020-Aircraft General Knowledge A .LTM Seite 271

874 21.1.1.3 Airspeed indicator Typ: MC 1044 AviaExam15045 11/21/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

Considering the relationship between RAS and EAS:

EAS is always lower than or equal to RAS.

EAS is always greater than or equal to RAS.

EAS may be lower or greater than RAS, depending on pressure altitude.

EAS may be lower or greater than RAS, depending on density altitude.

875 21.1.1.3 Airspeed indicator Typ: MC 1045 AviaExam15046 12/29/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

Given:
Zp = pressure altitude
Zd = density altitude
CAS can be obtained from which of the following data?

EAS and Zp.

EAS and Zd.

TAS and Zp.

TAS and Zd.

876 21.1.1.4 Mach meter Typ: MC 1047 AviaExam15048 11/21/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

If OAT increases whilst maintaining a constant CAS and flight level:

Mach number remains constant.

Mach number decreases.

TAS remains constant.

TAS decreases.

877 21.1.1.4 Mach meter Typ: MC 1048 AviaExam15049 11/21/2008 Pkt.: 1.00

If OAT decreases whilst maintaining a constant CAS and flight level:

Mach number remains constant.

Mach number increases.

TAS remains constant.

TAS increases.

© LPLUS GmbH 2007

You might also like